एक त्रुटि हुई. विवरण छिपाओ
आप के पेज सहेजे नहीं गए है. नवीकरण करें रद्द करें

Taiwan Province of China

  • Population, persons:2,35,88,932 (2018)
  • Area, sq km:36,193
  • GDP per capita, US$:No data
  • GDP, billion current US$:No data
  • GINI index:No data
  • Ease of Doing Business rank:No data
All datasets:  2 3 A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W В К Н П С Ч
  • 2
    • जून 2016
      Source: Deloitte
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 02 जून, 2016
      Select Dataset
      With the release of the 2016 Global Manufacturing Competitiveness Index (GMCI), Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Limited (Deloitte Global) and the Council on Competitiveness (the Council) in the US build upon the GMCI research, with prior studies published in 2010 and 2013. The results of the 2016 study clearly show the ongoing influence manufacturing has on driving global economies. From its influence on infrastructure development, job creation, and contribution to gross domestic product (GDP) on both an overall and per capita basis, a strong manufacturing sector creates a clear path toward economic prosperity.
  • 3
    • अक्तूबर 2016
      Source: Philipps-University of Marburg, Empirical Institutional Economics
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 07 दिसम्बर, 2016
      Select Dataset
      The 3P Anti-trafficking Policy Index evaluates governmental anti-trafficking efforts in the three main policy dimensions (3Ps), based on the requirements prescribed by the United Nations Protocol to Prevent, Suppress and Punish Trafficking in Persons, especially Women and Children (2000).   The three main policy dimensions (3Ps) are:Prosecution of perpetrators of human traffickingPrevention of human traffickingProtection of the victims of human trafficking Each of the 3P areas is evaluated on a 5-point scale and each index is aggregated to the overall 3P Anti-trafficking Index as the  sum (score 3-15).Prosecution Index Score: 1 (no compliance) - 5 (full compliance)Prevention Index Score: 1 (no compliance) - 5 (full compliance)Protection Index Score: 1 (no compliance) - 5 (full compliance)3P Anti-trafficking Policy Index Score: 3 (no compliance for any of the three areas) - 15 (full compliance for all of the three areas) The 3P Anti-trafficking Policy Index is available for each country and each year and currently includes up to 189 countries for the preiod from 2000 to 2015.
  • A
    • जुलाई 2016
      Source: Knoema
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Select Dataset
      Accuracy of annual economic forecasts of international organisations - European Commission, IMF, OECD, World Bank, UN LINK
    • सितम्बर 2014
      Source: International Labour Organization
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 31 अगस्त, 2018
      Select Dataset
      This indicator aims to capture the share of persons in the labour force protected through a contributory pension scheme (with benefits guaranteed but not currently being received). It provides information about the proportion of the labour force that will receive an old age pension once reaching pensionable age. This right to income security in old age is guaranteed by the prior payment of premiums or contributions, i.e. before the occurrence of the insured contingency.
    • सितम्बर 2014
      Source: International Labour Organization
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 31 अगस्त, 2018
      Select Dataset
      This indicator aims to capture the share of persons of working age protected through a contributory pension scheme (with benefits guaranteed but not currently being received). It provides information about the proportion of the working-age population that will receive an old age pension once reaching pensionable age. This right to income security in old age is guaranteed by the prior payment of premiums or contributions, i.e. before the occurrence of the insured contingency.
    • अगस्त 2018
      Source: U.S. Department of Commerce, Bureau of Economic Analysis
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 05 अक्तूबर, 2018
      Select Dataset
      Activities of U.S. MNEs: Majority-Owned Foreign Affiliates, Selected Indicators, 2016.
    • फरवरी 2018
      Source: Ministry of Tourism, Government of India
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 10 अप्रैल, 2018
      Select Dataset
      This dataset provides data for foreign tourist arrivals distributed by age  group.
    • नवम्बर 2018
      Source: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 22 मार्च, 2019
      Select Dataset
      The data describe the average use of chemical and mineral fertilizers per area of cropland (arable land and permanent crops) at national, regional, and global level in a time series from 2002 to 2014The data describe the average use of chemical and mineral fertilizers per area of cropland (arable land and permanent crops) at national, regional, and global level in a time series from 2002 to 2015
    • अप्रैल 2019
      Source: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 26 अगस्त, 2019
      Select Dataset
      The Livestock Patterns domain of the FAOSTAT Agri-Environmental Indicators contains data on livestock numbers, shares of major livestock species and livestock densities in the agricultural area. Values are calculated using Livestock Units (LSU), which facilitate aggregating information for different livestock types. Data are available by country, with global coverage, for the period 1961–2014. This methodology applies the LSU coefficients reported in the "Guidelines for the preparation of livestock sector reviews" (FAO, 2011). From this publication, LSU coefficients are computed by livestock type and by country. The reference unit used for the calculation of livestock units (=1 LSU) is the grazing equivalent of one adult dairy cow producing 3000 kg of milk annually, fed without additional concentrated foodstuffs. FAOSTAT agri-environmental indicators on livestock patterns closely follow the structure of the indicators in EUROSTAT.
    • दिसम्बर 2018
      Source: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 26 अगस्त, 2019
      Select Dataset
      The data describe the average use of pesticides per area of cropland (arable land and permanent crops) at national level in a time series from 1990 to 2014. 
    • जुलाई 2019
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 02 जुलाई, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Destination of Official Development Assistance Disbursements. Geographical breakdown by donor, recipient and for some types of aid (e.g. grant, loan, technical co-operation) on a disbursement basis (i.e. actual expenditures). The data cover flows from bilateral and multilateral donors which focus on flows from DAC member countries and the EU Institutions.
    • अप्रैल 2017
      Source: Akamai
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 07 जून, 2017
      Select Dataset
    • जून 2013
      Source: World Bank
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 21 नवम्बर, 2014
      Select Dataset
      Data cited at: The World Bank https://datacatalog.worldbank.org/ Topic: All The Ginis Dataset Publication: https://datacatalog.worldbank.org/dataset/all-ginis-dataset License: http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/   This dataset includes combined and standardized Gini data from eight original sources: Luxembourg Income Study (LIS), Socio-Economic Database for Latin America (SEDLAC), Survey of Living Conditions (SILC) by Eurostat, World Income Distribution (WYD; the full data set is available here), World Bank Europe and Central Asia dataset, World Institute for Development Research (WIDER), World Bank Povcal, and Ginis from individual long-term inequality studies (just introduced in this version).
    • अक्तूबर 2019
      Source: National Institute of Statistics, Italy
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 04 अक्तूबर, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Data source(s) used: Crimes reported to the Judicial authorities by the State Police, Carabinieri and Guardia di Finanza: Are processed the data on felonies and people who were reported by police to the court Other data characteristics: Data referring to social demographic characteristics of alleged offenders could not coincide with data on reports because of the different timing of extraction from police forces database.The sum of the crimes by province could not coincide with the total of the region, and that of the regions with the total Italy, because of the missed precise statement, for some crimes, of the place where they have been committed (or of the region of the committed crime but not of the province).
    • जून 2019
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 18 जून, 2019
      Select Dataset
      The OECD's ANalytical Business Enterprise Research and Development (ANBERD) database presents annual data on Research and Development (R&D) expenditures by industry and was developed to provide analysts with comprehensive data on business R&D expenditures. The ANBERD database incorporates a number of estimations that build upon and extend national submissions of business enterprise R&D data by industry (main activity/industry orientation). The current version of the ANBERD database presents OECD countries' and selected non-member economies' business expenditure on R&D since 1987, broken down across 100 manufacturing and service industry groups. The reported data follow the International Standard Industrial Classification, Revision 4 (ISIC Rev. 4) and are expressed in national currencies as well as in US dollars at Purchasing Power Parity (PPP), both at current and constant prices.   Main activity and industry orientation: The 2015 Frascati Manual practice is to report BERD on an enterprise basis. The main economic activity of an enterprise is usually defined as that which accounts for most of its economic outputs; this may be identified directly from sales or indirectly proxied (such as by numbers of personnel devoted to different activities). This determines the industry in which the enterprise, and any BERD it carries out, is classified. As such, all BERD of a diversified enterprise (i.e. one with multiple lines of business) is allocated to the same industry, that of its main activity. This enables, as far as possible, the alignment and compatability of BERD data with other economic statistics (e.g. value added broken down by industry). In addition, the Frascati Manual also recommends reporting BERD by industry orientation, whereby the statistical unit’s R&D is distributed across the various lines of business to which it relates. In a few countries, hybrid approaches are followed and reported as main activity data. As an example, some countries primarily follow the main activity approach but redistribute the R&D of large diversified firms across the economic activities to which it relates. This can affect interpretation of the data and resulting statistics. There are also important differences between countries in the treatment of R&D undertaken by firms in the service sector but closely associated (though not necessarily contractually) with manufacturing firms. Industrial research institutes, largely funded by the manufacturing industries they serve, are the most frequent examples. With the implementation of the 2015 Frascati Manual, such hybrid data will be phased out in favour of a strict main activity approach. Countries still reporting hybrid data are flagged in the ANBERD country notes.
    • जून 2017
      Source: International Tropical Timber Organization
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 24 जुलाई, 2017
      Select Dataset
      ITTO's Annual Review and Assessment of the World Timber Situation compiles the most up-to-date and reliable international statistics available on global production and trade of timber, with an emphasis on the tropics. It also provides information on trends in forest area, forest management and the economies of ITTO member countries. Data cited at: ITTO Biennial review statistics: https://www.itto.int/biennal_review/
    • जुलाई 2019
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 02 जुलाई, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Data source used: The aquaculture production data collection is part of the more comprehensive data gathering carried out on an annual basis by the Fisheries Committee (COFI) of the Trade and Agriculture Directorate (TAD) from OECD members and participating non-OECD economies. Data on marine landings, aquaculture production, inland fisheries catch, fleet, employment, total allowable catch (TAC) and fisheries support estimate (FSE) are collected from Fisheries Ministries, National Statistics Offices and other institutions designated as an official data source. The surveys used for this exercise are the OECD Fisheries questionnaires.
    • जनवरी 2014
      Source: World Resources Institute
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 07 दिसम्बर, 2015
      Select Dataset
      This dataset shows countries and river basins' average exposure to five of Aqueduct's water risk indicators: baseline water stress, interannual variability, seasonal variability, flood occurrence, and drought severity. Risk exposure scores are available for every country (except Greenland and Antarctica), the 100 most populous river basins, and the 100 largest river basins by area. Scores are also available for all industrial, agricultural, and domestic users' average exposure to each indicator in each country and river basin. Citation: Gassert, F., P. Reig, T. Luo, and A. Maddocks. 2013. “Aqueduct country and river basin rankings: a weighted aggregation of spatially distinct hydrological indicators.” Working paper. Washington, DC: World Resources Institute, November 2013. Available online at http://wri.org/publication/aqueduct-country-river-basin-rankings.
    • अगस्त 2015
      Source: World Resources Institute
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 25 मार्च, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Suggested citation: Luo, T., R. Young, and P. Reig. 2015. "Aqueduct projected water stress rankings." Technical note. Washington, DC: World Resources Institute, August 215. Available online at http://www.wri.org/publication/aqueduct-projected-water-stress-country-rankings.    Supplemental Materials: Country Scores                         WRI projected future country-level water stress for 2020, 2030, and 2040 under business-as-usual (BAU), optimistic, and pessimistic scenarios. Each tab lists country projected water stress scores for each scenario and year, weighted by overall water withdrawals. Scores weighted by individual sectors (agricultural, domestic, and industrial) are provided as well.   These global projections are best suited to making comparisons among countries for the same year and among scenarios and decades for the same region. More detailed and localized data or scenarios can better estimate potential outcomes for specific regions and expose large sub-national variations that are subsumed under countrywide water-stress values. The country indicators face persistent limitations in attempting to simplify complex information, such as spatial and temporal variations, into a single number. They also do not account for the governance and investment structure of the water sector in different countries.    It is important to note the inherent uncertainty in estimating any future conditions, particularly those associated with climate change, future population and economic trends, and water demand. Additionally, care should be taken when examining the change rates of a country’s projected stress levels between one year and another, because the risk-score thresholds are not linear. For more information on these limitations, see the technical note.   Projections are described in further detail in: Luck, M., M. Landis, and F. Gassert, “Aqueduct Water Stress Projections: Decadal Projections of Water Supply and Demand Using CMIP5 GCMs,” Technical note (Washington, DC: World Resources Institute, April 2015), http://www.wri.org/publication/aqueduct-water-stress-projections.   Water Stress withdrawals / available flow Water stress measures total annual water withdrawals (municipal, industrial, and agricultural) expressed as a percentage of the total annual available blue water. Higher values indicate more competition among users. Score Value [0-1) Low (<10%) [1-2) Low to medium (10-20%) [2-3) Medium to high (20-40%) [3-4) High (40-80%) [4-5] Extremely high (>80%)    
    • मार्च 2019
      Source: Stockholm International Peace Research Institute
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 19 मार्च, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Data cited at: Stockholm International Peace Research Institute (SIPRI)   The SIPRI Arms Transfers Database contains information on all transfers of major conventional weapons from 1950 to the most recent full calendar year. It is a unique resource for researchers, policy-makers and analysts, the media and civil society interested in monitoring and measuring the international flow of major conventional arms. For more information, see http://www.sipri.org/databases/armstransfers/sources-and-methods/
    • अप्रैल 2019
      Source: International Monetary Fund
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 17 अप्रैल, 2019
      Select Dataset
      APD Regional Economic Outlook (REO) provides information on recent economic developments and prospects for countries in Asia and Pacific. Data for the REO for Asia and Pacific is prepared in conjunction with the semi-annual World Economic Outlook (WEO) exercises, spring and fall. Data are consistent with the projections underlying the WEO. REO aggregate data may differ from WEO aggregates due to differences in group membership. Composite data for country groups are weighted averages of data for individual countries. Arithmetic weighted averages are used for all concepts except for inflation and broad money, for which geometric averages are used. PPP GDP weights from the WEO database are used for the aggregation of real GDP growth, real non-oil GDP growth, real per capita GDP growth, investment, national savings, broad money, claims on the nonfinancial private sector, and real and nominal effective exchange rates. Aggregates for other concepts are weighted by GDP in U.S. dollars at market exchange rates.
    • मार्च 2017
      Source: Transparency International
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 26 फरवरी, 2018
      Select Dataset
      Data cited at GLOBAL CORRUPTION BAROMETER 2015/16/17by Transparency International is licensed under CC-BY-ND 4.0. Global Corruption Barometer is the largest world-wide public opinion survey on corruption. see more at https://www.transparency.org/research/gcb/gcb_2015_16/0 In the most extensive survey of its kind, we spoke to 21,861 people in 16 countries, regions and territories across the Asia Pacific region between July 2015 and January 2017 about their perceptions and experiences of corruption. The survey results show a great diversity in the corruption risks across the region, but in every country surveyed there is scope for improved approaches to corruption prevention.
    • अक्तूबर 2014
      Source: Actionable Governance Indicators Data Portal
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 13 अक्तूबर, 2015
      Select Dataset
    • अक्तूबर 2014
      Source: LMC Automotive
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 09 जनवरी, 2015
      Select Dataset
      Automotive Industry, 2014
    • अक्तूबर 2013
      Source: International Organization of Motor Vehicle Manufacturers
      Uploaded by: Carpe Facto
      Select Dataset
      The International Organization of Motor Vehicle Manufacturers was founded in Paris in 1919. It is known as the “Organisation Internationale des Constructeurs d’Automobiles” (OICA). This dataset contains figures related to auto production, sales and usage.
    • नवम्बर 2005
      Source: Disabled World
      Uploaded by: Prashanth BK Kumar
      Accessed On: 27 जनवरी, 2016
      Select Dataset
    • नवम्बर 2016
      Source: Eurostat
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 30 नवम्बर, 2016
      Select Dataset
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • नवम्बर 2016
      Source: Eurostat
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 30 नवम्बर, 2016
      Select Dataset
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
  • B
    • अक्तूबर 2019
      Source: Statistics Denmark
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 11 अक्तूबर, 2019
      Select Dataset
    • नवम्बर 2018
      Source: U.S. Department of Commerce, Bureau of Economic Analysis
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 01 अप्रैल, 2019
      Select Dataset
      U.S. Direct Investment Abroad: Balance of Payments and Direct Investment Position 
    • दिसम्बर 2017
      Source: Department of Statistics, Malaysia
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 21 फरवरी, 2018
      Select Dataset
      Annual statistics of Malaysia's balance of payment as time series 1947 - 2017.
    • मई 2019
      Source: International Monetary Fund
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 28 मई, 2019
      Select Dataset
      BOPSY Global Tables aggregate country data by major balance of payments components and by international investment position (IIP) data for (i) Net IIP and (ii) Total Assets and Total Liabilities. Data for countries, country groups, and the world are provided. In addition to data reported by countries as shown in BOPSY, balance of payments data are provided for international organizations in BOPSY Global Tables. The BOPSY Global Tables include, in addition to reported data, data derived in a few instances indirectly from published sources.
    • जून 2015
      Source: Barro-Lee
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 12 अक्तूबर, 2015
      Select Dataset
      Data cited at: Barro-Lee  
    • अगस्त 2015
      Source: Barro-Lee
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 12 अक्तूबर, 2015
      Select Dataset
      Data cited at: Barro-Lee
    • दिसम्बर 2012
      Source: PoachingFacts.com
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 16 जून, 2016
      Select Dataset
    • जून 2019
      Source: U.S. Department of Agriculture
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 10 जून, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Sugar Data of United States
    • जनवरी 2018
      Source: Bertelsmann Stiftung
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 19 अप्रैल, 2018
      Select Dataset
      The Bertelsmann Stiftung’s Transformation Index (BTI) analyzes and evaluates the quality of democracy, a market economy and political management in 128 developing and transition countries. It measures successes and setbacks on the path toward a democracy based on the rule of law and a market economy flanked by sociopolitical safeguards. Within this framework, the BTI publishes two rankings, the Status Index and the Management Index. Countries are further categorized on the basis of these status index and management rankings/scores. For instance, countries are categorized in to 5 groups – viz; 5 or failed, 4 or very limited, 3 or limited, 2 or advanced, and 1 or highly advanced—based on their status index score of 1 to 10. A country with a high score, 8.5 and above, is categorized as highly advanced. A country with a low score, below 4, is categorized as failed. A country is categorized as ‘very limited’ if it has a status index score between 4 and 5.5. A score between 5.5 and 7 means the country is categorized as ‘limited’ and a country is categorized as ‘advanced’ for a score between 7.1 and 8.5. On the basis of the democratic status ranking, countries are further categorized as 5 or ‘hard - line autocracies,’ 4 or ‘moderate autocracies,’ 3 or ‘highly defective democracies,’ 2 or ‘defective democracies,’ and 1 or ‘democracies in consolidation.’ A country with a democratic status ranking below 4 is categorized as a hard line autocracy. A democratic status score between 4 and 5 means that the country is part of the ‘moderate autocracy’ group. A country is grouped as a ‘highly defective democracy’ for a score between 5 and 6. A country is recognized as a ‘defective democracy’ for a score between 6 and 8, and a score of 8 and above earns a country the status of a ‘democracy in consolidation.’ Countries are also categorized in to 5 groups based on their market economy status ranking. The countries are categorized as ‘rudimentary’ or group 5, ‘poorly functioning’ or group 4, ‘functional flaws’ or group 3, ‘functioning’ or group 2, and ‘developed’ or group 1. A country is recognized as a member of the ‘developed’ group with a market economy status ranking/score of 8 and above. A country is grouped as ‘functioning’ if it has a score between 7 and 8. A market economy status ranking between 5 and 7 means the country is categorized to group 3 or the ‘functional flaws’ group. A score between 3 and 5 means that the country is ‘poorly functioning’ and a score below 3 means the country enjoys a ‘rudimentary’ status. Based on the management index ranking, countries are categorized as 5 or failed, 4 or weak, 3 or moderate, 2 or good, and1 or very good. A country is categorized as ‘very good’ for a score of 7 and above. It is categorized as ‘good’ for a score between 5.6 and 7, and as ‘moderate’ for a score between 4.4 and 5.5. A score between 3 and 4.3 means a country is categorized as ‘weak,’ and a score below 3 means the categorization of a country as ‘failed.’ Countries are ranked between 1 and 10 on the basis of the level of difficulty they face. The level of difficulty is further categorized as 5 or negligible, 4 or minor, 3 or moderate, 2 or substantial, and 1 or massive. A score of 8.5 and above means the categorization of the country’s level of difficulty as ‘massive, and a score below 2.5 means the categorization of the level of difficulty faced by the country as ‘negligible.’ The level of difficulty score of 2.5 to 4.4 means a country faces a ‘minor’ level of difficulty and a score between 4.5 and 6.4 means the level of difficulty faced by a country is ‘moderate.’ A country with a score of 6.5 to 8.4 faces a ‘substantial’ level of difficulty.
    • अप्रैल 2014
      Source: United Nations Conference on Trade and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 08 फरवरी, 2016
      Select Dataset
      UNCTAD's Bilateral FDI Statistics provides up-to-date and systematic FDI data for 206 economies around the world, covering inflows (table 1), outflows (table 2), inward stock (table 3) and outward stock (table 4) by region and economy. Data are in principle collected from national sources. In order to cover the entire world, where data are not available from national sources, data from partner countries (mirror data) as well as from other international organizations have also been used.
    • मार्च 2019
      Source: Eurostat
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 22 मार्च, 2019
      Select Dataset
      'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of  Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data). The sectoral approach: The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE)  at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries. Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level. The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents. Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors under Annexes section. Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created , named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities. The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions under Annexes section. The product approach: The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC). The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. . For more details, see definition of high-tech products under Annexes section. High-tech patents: High-tech patents are defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition). Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents under Annexes section. The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by INVEST Europe (formerly named the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • जनवरी 2017
      Source: Eurostat
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 16 जनवरी, 2017
      Select Dataset
      'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of  Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data). The sectoral approach: The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE)  at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries. Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level. The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents. Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors under Annexes section. Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created , named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities. The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions under Annexes section. The product approach: The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC). The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. . For more details, see definition of high-tech products under Annexes section. High-tech patents: High-tech patents are defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition). Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents under Annexes section. The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by INVEST Europe (formerly named the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • सितम्बर 2019
      Source: Bank for International Settlements
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 30 सितम्बर, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Data cited at : https://www.bis.org/statistics/index.htm
    • सितम्बर 2019
      Source: Havocscope Black Market
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 11 अक्तूबर, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Data cited at: Havocscope
    • अप्रैल 2017
      Source: Bloom Consulting
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 24 मई, 2017
      Select Dataset
      Bloom Consulting was founded in 2003 as a Nation Branding consultancy. Our Headquarters are located in Madrid, with offices in Lisbon and São Paulo. Bloom Consulting has been interviewed by The Economist, Forbes and CNN . According to Country Branding Central www.countrybrandingwiki.org, our CEO José Filipe Torres, a recurrent lecturer in Universities such as Harvard, is considered one of the top 3 international experts in the field of Nation Branding, Region and City Branding, providing advisory for the OECD. In addition, Bloom Consulting publishes the Bloom Consulting Country Brand Ranking © annually for both Trade and Tourism, to extensively analyze the brand performance of 193 countries and territories worldwide and the Digital Country Index - Measuring the Brand appeal of countries and territories in the Digital World.
    • जून 2019
      Source: BP
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 18 जून, 2019
      Select Dataset
      The BP Statistical Review of World Energy has provided high-quality, objective and globally consistent data on world energy markets. The Review is one of the most widely respected and authoritative publications in the field of energy economics, used for reference by the media, academia, world governments and energy companies. A new edition is published every June. Historical data from 1965 for many sections.
    • फरवरी 2017
      Source: National Institute of Statistics, Cameroon
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 05 फरवरी, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Data cited at: https://cameroon.opendataforafrica.org/gfuiizc Breeding and Fishing, 2013
    • जून 2018
      Source: Times Higher Education
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 11 जून, 2018
      Select Dataset
      The Times Higher Education Emerging Economies University Rankings 2018 includes only institutions in countries classified by the FTSE as “advanced emerging”, “secondary emerging” or “frontier”. its fifth year, the 2018 ranking parts with the ‘BRICS’ acronym in the title to recognise the strength and potential of a diverse range of emerging economies. The rankings use the same 13 performance indicators as the THE World University Rankings to judge institutions on their teaching, research, knowledge transfer and international outlook. But they are recalibrated to reflect the development priorities of universities in emerging economies. The performance indicators are grouped into five areas: 1. Teaching (the learning environment) 2. Research (volume, income and reputation) 3. Citations (research influence) 4. International outlook (staff, students and research) 5. Industry income (knowledge transfer) Note: The ranking of institutions, after 200, have been given in range like 201-250 and 251-300. The rank has been taken as 201, 202, 203……..250 as the same order as they appear in the source.
    • मई 2017
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 12 जून, 2017
      Select Dataset
      Data are provided in million national currency (for the euro zone, pre-EMU euro or EUR), million current PPP USD and million constant USD (2000 prices and PPPs). Variables collected This table presents research and development (R&D) expenditure statistics performed in the business enterprise sector by industry according to the International Standard Industrial Classification (ISIC) revision 3.1. and by type of costs (current expenditure, capital expenditure). Data at the industry level are presented beginning 1987, year when most of the countries converted from ISIC rev.2 to the current ISIC rev. 3 classification. This breakdown between industries is, in principle, made at the enterprise level, although some countries are able to break down R&D data for multi product enterprises between their main lines of business. National statistical regulations prevent publication of results where there are very few firms in the given category, hence the many gaps in the tables. Depending on the country, R&D institutes serving enterprises are either classified with the industry concerned, or grouped under “Research and Development” (ISIC rev.3.1, Division 73). When these R&D institutes are classified with the industry served, the evaluation of R&D in these industries is more complete and more comparable between countries for the industries concerned. This results, however, in an underestimation of the percentage of BERD performed by the service sector as compared with other countries. The Frascati Manual recommendation concerning data on R&D by industry is to report BERD on an enterprise basis (see FM section 3.4). When this is interpreted strictly, all the BERD of a diversified enterprise will be allocated to the industrial class of its principal activity. In circumstances where a few large firms dominate R&D spending in several areas, this can and does lead to underestimates of R&D associated with the secondary activities of the firms. Overall, R&D is therefore overestimated for some industries and underestimated for others. However, not all countries follow a strict enterprise basis for allocating R&D expenditures to industrial classes. Some countries make a disaggregation of the R&D of their largest, diversified firms into a number of different activities. In other countries, the enterprise approach has been abandoned and data are reported on a product field basis. This is why two classification criteria for BERD by industry are included in the table “BERD by industry” (see the variable CLASSIFICATION CRITERIA: Main activity or Product field) depending on which approach is more closely followed by each country (only a few countries currently collect these data both ways and are therefore included according to both criteria). However, this table “BERD by industry and type of costs” and the preceding one “BERD by industry and source of funds” present data for only one of the criteria, depending on the country.
    • मई 2017
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 09 जून, 2017
      Select Dataset
      Data are provided in million national currency (for the euro zone, pre-EMU euro or EUR), million current PPP USD and million constant USD (2005 prices and PPPs). Variables collected This table presents research and development (R&D) expenditure statistics performed in the business enterprise sector by industry according to the International Standard Industrial Classification (ISIC) revision 3.1. and by source of funds (business enterprise, government, other national funds, and funds from abroad). Data at the industry level are presented beginning 1987, year when most of the countries converted from ISIC rev.2 to the current ISIC rev. 3 classification. This breakdown between industries is, in principle, made at the enterprise level, although some countries are able to break down R&D data for multi product enterprises between their main lines of business. National statistical regulations prevent publication of results where there are very few firms in the given category, hence the many gaps in the tables. Depending on the country, R&D institutes serving enterprises are either classified with the industry concerned, or grouped under “Research and Development” (ISIC rev.3.1, Division 73). When these R&D institutes are classified with the industry served, the evaluation of R&D in these industries is more complete and more comparable between countries for the industries concerned. This results, however, in an underestimation of the percentage of BERD performed by the service sector as compared with other countries. The Frascati Manual recommendation concerning data on R&D by industry is to report BERD on an enterprise basis (see FM section 3.4). When this is interpreted strictly, all the BERD of a diversified enterprise will be allocated to the industrial class of its principal activity. In circumstances where a few large firms dominate R&D spending in several areas, this can and does lead to underestimates of R&D associated with the secondary activities of the firms. Overall, R&D is therefore overestimated for some industries and underestimated for others. However, not all countries follow a strict enterprise basis for allocating R&D expenditures to industrial classes. Some countries make a disaggregation of the R&D of their largest, diversified firms into a number of different activities. In other countries, the enterprise approach has been abandoned and data are reported on a product field basis. This is why two classification criteria for BERD by industry are included in the table “BERD by industry” (see the variable CLASSIFICATION CRITERIA: Main activity or Product field) depending on which approach is more closely followed by each country (only a few countries currently collect these data both ways and are therefore included according to both criteria). However, this table “BERD by industry and source of funds” and the one that follows, “BERD by industry and type of costs” present data for only one of the criteria, depending on the country.
    • मई 2017
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 21 जून, 2017
      Select Dataset
      This table presents research and development (R&D) statistics on personnel in the business enterprise sector. Measured in full-time equivalent are the number of total R&D personnel and researchers in the business enterprise sector by industry according to the International Standard Industrial Classification (ISIC) revision 3.1. Data at the industry level are presented beginning 1987, year when most of the countries converted from ISIC rev.2 to the current ISIC rev. 3 classification.
  • C
    • सितम्बर 2019
      Source: Government of Canada
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 27 सितम्बर, 2019
      Select Dataset
      This dataset is updated with data obtained from Statistics Canada and the U.S. Census Bureau. Current data June 2018. Trade Data is updated on a monthly and annual basis, with revisions in March, April, May, August and November to previous year's data. Trade Data is available on both product and industry-based versions. The product Trade Data is classified by Harmonized System (HS) codes while the industry data is based on North American Industry Classification System(NAICS) classification codes. Source: Statistics Canada and the U.S.Census Bureau
    • सितम्बर 2019
      Source: Statistics Canada
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 17 सितम्बर, 2019
      Select Dataset
      For the location "Puerto Rico" data is available from 1990.
    • दिसम्बर 2018
      Source: Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 02 जनवरी, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Data cited: Global Burden of Disease Collaborative Network. Global Burden of Disease Study 2016 (GBD 2016) Cancer Incidence, Mortality, Years of Life Lost, Years Lived with Disability, and Disability-Adjusted Life Years 1990-2016. Seattle, United States: Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation (IHME), 2018.   The Global Burden of Disease Study 2016 (GBD 2016), coordinated by the Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation (IHME), estimated the burden of diseases, injuries, and risk factors for 195 countries and territories and at the subnational level for a subset of countries. Estimates for deaths, disability-adjusted life years (DALYs), years lived with disability (YLDs), years of life lost (YLLs), prevalence, and incidence for 29 cancer groups by age and sex for 1990-2016 are available from the GBD Results Tool. Files available in this record are the web tables published in JAMA Oncology in June 2018 in "Global, Regional, and National Cancer Incidence, Mortality, Years of Life Lost, Years Lived With Disability, and Disability-Adjusted Life-years for 29 Cancer Groups, 1990 to 2016."
    • अप्रैल 2019
      Source: Global Oil & Gas Network
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 19 सितम्बर, 2019
      Select Dataset
      data as of April 14, 2019
    • सितम्बर 2019
      Source: National Bureau of Statistics, Nigeria
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 17 सितम्बर, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Capital Importation into Nigeria
    • मार्च 2019
      Source: International Organization of Motor Vehicle Manufacturers
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 11 अप्रैल, 2019
      Select Dataset
      OICA Car Production Statistics 1999-2018 contains world motor vehicle production statistics, obtained from national trade organisations, OICA members or correspondents. Passenger cars are motor vehicles with at least four wheels, used for the transport of passengers, and comprising no more than eight seats in addition to the driver's seat. Commercial vehicles include light commercial vehicles, heavy trucks, coaches and buses.
    • मई 2018
      Source: China Association of Automobile Manufacturers
      Uploaded by: Shakthi Krishnan
      Accessed On: 13 सितम्बर, 2018
      Select Dataset
      World: Car Sales by Country 2017
    • मई 2019
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 06 मई, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Indicators in the OECD database on Carbon dioxide (CO2) emissions embodied in international trade are derived by combining the 2015 version of OECD's Inter-Country Input-Output (ICIO) Database with International Energy Agency (IEA) statistics on CO2 emissions from fuel combustion. Production-based CO2 emissions are estimated by allocating the IEA CO2 emissions to the 34 target industries in OECD ICIO and, to final demand for fuels, by both residents and non-residents. Consumption-based CO2 emissions are calculated by multiplying the intensities of the production-based emissions (c) with the global Leontief inverse (I-A)(-1) and global final demand matrix (Y) from OECD ICIO, taking the column sums of the resulting matrix and adding residential and private road emissions (FNLC), i.e. direct emissions from final demand: colsum [ diag(c) (I-A)(-1) Y ] + FNLC. The ICIO system includes discrepancies in the trade data (referred to as DISC). Emissions allocated to DISC are made explicit (e.g. in indicator FD_CO2). This ensures that global CO2 production equals global CO2 consumption.
    • मार्च 2019
      Source: Japanese Shipowners' Association
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 27 मई, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Japan: Shipping Statistics Handbook, Harbour
    • अक्तूबर 2019
      Source: International Labour Organization
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 15 अक्तूबर, 2019
      Select Dataset
      A case of occupational injury is the case of a worker incurring an occupational injury as a result of an occupational accident. An occupational injury that is fatal is the result of an occupational accident where death occurred within one year from the day of the accident. Data are disaggregated by economic activity according to the latest version of the International Standard Industrial Classification of All Economic Activities (ISIC) available for that year. Economic activity refers to the main activity of the establishment in which a person worked during the reference period and does not depend on the specific duties or functions of the person's job, but on the characteristics of the economic unit in which this person works.
    • अक्तूबर 2019
      Source: International Labour Organization
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 13 अक्तूबर, 2019
      Select Dataset
      A case of occupational injury is the case of a worker incurring an occupational injury as a result of an occupational accident. An occupational injury that is fatal is the result of an occupational accident where death occurred within one year from the day of the accident.
    • अक्तूबर 2019
      Source: International Labour Organization
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 15 अक्तूबर, 2019
      Select Dataset
      A case of non-fatal occupational injury is the case of a worker incurring an occupational injury as a result of an occupational accident not leading to death. The non-fatal occupational injury entails a loss of working time. Data are disaggregated by economic activity according to the latest version of the International Standard Industrial Classification of All Economic Activities (ISIC) available for that year. Economic activity refers to the main activity of the establishment in which a person worked during the reference period and does not depend on the specific duties or functions of the person's job, but on the characteristics of the economic unit in which this person works.
    • अक्तूबर 2019
      Source: International Labour Organization
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 13 अक्तूबर, 2019
      Select Dataset
      A case of non-fatal occupational injury is the case of a worker incurring an occupational injury as a result of an occupational accident not leading to death. The non-fatal occupational injury entails a loss of working time.
    • अक्तूबर 2019
      Source: International Labour Organization
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 13 अक्तूबर, 2019
      Select Dataset
      A case of non-fatal occupational injury is the case of a worker incurring a non-fatal occupational injury as a result of an occupational accident, which entailed a loss of working time. Incapacity for work is the inability of the victim of an occupational accident, due to an occupational injury, to perform the normal duties of work in the job or post occupied at the time of the occupational accident. The incapacity for work can be permanent, when the persons injured were never able to perform again the normal duties of work in the job or post occupied at the time of the occupational accident causing the injury, or temporary, when the workers injured were unable to work from the day after the day of the accident, but were later able to perform again the normal duties of work in the job or post occupied at the time of the occupational accident causing the injury within a period of one year from the day of the accident.
    • अक्तूबर 2019
      Source: International Labour Organization
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 13 अक्तूबर, 2019
      Select Dataset
      A case of non-fatal occupational injury is the case of a worker incurring a non-fatal occupational injury as a result of an occupational accident, which entailed a loss of working time. Incapacity for work is the inability of the victim of an occupational accident, due to an occupational injury, to perform the normal duties of work in the job or post occupied at the time of the occupational accident. The incapacity for work can be permanent, when the persons injured were never able to perform again the normal duties of work in the job or post occupied at the time of the occupational accident causing the injury, or temporary, when the workers injured were unable to work from the day after the day of the accident, but were later able to perform again the normal duties of work in the job or post occupied at the time of the occupational accident causing the injury within a period of one year from the day of the accident. Data are disaggregated by economic activity according to the latest version of the International Standard Industrial Classification of All Economic Activities (ISIC) available for that year. Economic activity refers to the main activity of the establishment in which a person worked during the reference period and does not depend on the specific duties or functions of the person's job, but on the characteristics of the economic unit in which this person works.
    • नवम्बर 2015
      Source: Eurostat
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 03 सितम्बर, 2016
      Select Dataset
      Catches of fish, crustaceans, molluscs and other aquatic organisms by species and fishing area for EU and associated countries (in live weight equivalent of the landings).
    • दिसम्बर 2013
      Source: Eurostat
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 20 जनवरी, 2014
      Select Dataset
      Eurostat Dataset Id:fish_ca_00 Catches of fish, crustaceans, molluscs and other aquatic organisms by species and fishing area for EU and associated countries (in live weight equivalent of the landings). The concepts and definitions used in the compilation of catch statistics are those laid down by the Coordinating Working Party on Fishery Statistics (CWP), of which Eurostat is one of the member organizations. These concepts and definitions have been in force since the late 1950's and are applied uniformly worldwide by the CWP and by the national authorities reporting to its member organizations. Therefore, though the quality of the data varies from country to country (being in many cases a function of the general characteristics of the national fishing industry), there is a high degree of comparability between countries and over time.  Nominal catch  The data refer to the catch of freshwater, brackish water and marine species of fish, crustaceans, molluscs and other aquatic animals and plants, killed, caught, trapped or collected for all commercial, industrial, recreational and subsistence purposes. In view of the importance of recreational fishing regarding some stocks and for certain countries, as well as the difficulty of distinguishing between recreational and subsistence fishing, the data should include the catches from recreational fisheries as well. However, it is recognised that certain countries are unable to supply the data for recreational fisheries. The catches are expressed in the live weight equivalent of the landings. As such they exclude all quantities caught but not landed (for example: discarded fish, fish consumed on board). The unit used is generally the metric ton. Data for marine mammals (e.g. whales) and certain other animals (e.g. crocodiles) are expressed in the number caught. The nominal catch data are normally derived from the landed quantities of the fishery products. For this purpose, the landed weight is converted to the live weight equivalent (nominal catch) by the application of factors. Species: All species for which catches are reported to international organizations are included in the Eurostat's database. They are identified by the internationally assigned three letter identifier (e.g. COD = Atlantic cod, PLE = European plaice) according to the FAO ASFIS (Aquatic Sciences and Fishery Information System) list of Species for Fishery Statistics Purposes. Fishing areas/regions: The catches are sub-divided by the area in which they occur. The methodologies vary from country to country depending on the nature of their fishing industries. Basic documentation used in collecting the data from EU fisheries are fishing log-books, landings declarations and sales notes used in the management of catch quota and market management systems within the Common Fisheries Policy. The methodologies used by EEA member countries have been described in the Eurostat publication "Fisheries: The collection and compilation of fish catch and landing statistics in member countries of the European Economic Area". Those used by the New Member States are described in a working document "Fisheries: The collection and compilation of fishery statistics in European Union Candidate Countries"
    • नवम्बर 2018
      Source: Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 05 दिसम्बर, 2018
      Select Dataset
      The Global Burden of Disease Study 2017 (GBD 2017), coordinated by the Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation (IHME), estimated the burden of diseases, injuries, and risk factors for 195 countries and territories, and at the subnational level for a subset of countries.
    • जुलाई 2018
      Source: China Internet Network Information Center
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 20 अगस्त, 2018
      Select Dataset
      Automatic online search is used to conduct technical statistics about the quantity of domain names and websites, and their geographical distribution. Statistical data for reporting mainly includes the number of IP addresses and international Internet gateway bandwidth. The data of IP addresses counted by provinces come from the IP address databases of AsiaPacific Network Information Center (APNIC) and CNNIC. Registered data in each database, that can clearly distinguish the provinces which the addresses belong to, can be added respectively by province to generate data of each province. As address allocation is a dynamic process, the statistical data are only for reference. The Ministry of Industry and Information Technology, as the national competent department for IP addresses, also require IP address allocation organizations to report the quantity of IP addresses they own biannually. To ensure the accuracy of IP data, CNNIC will compare and verify APNIC statistical data and the reported data to confirm the final quantity of IP addresses.
    • जुलाई 2019
      Source: End Coal
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 04 सितम्बर, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Data cited at: End Coal https://endcoal.org/ Topic: Coal Plants by country Publication URL: https://endcoal.org/global-coal-plant-tracker/summary-statistics/ License: https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
    • जनवरी 2018
      Source: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 26 जून, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Food supply data is some of the most important data in FAOSTAT. In fact, this data is for the basis for estimation of global and national undernourishment assessment, when it is combined with parameters and other data sets. This data has been the foundation of food balance sheets ever since they were first constructed. The data is accessed by both business and governments for economic analysis and policy setting, as well as being used by the academic community.
    • मई 2019
      Source: World Bank
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 03 मई, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Data cited at: The World Bank https://datacatalog.worldbank.org/ Topic: Commodity Markets Outlook Publication: http://www.worldbank.org/en/research/commodity-markets License: http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/   Report on Commodity Markets Outlook, 2019 April Financial Years-1970/71,1980/1981,2017/2018,2018/2019 have been considered as 1971,1981,2018,2019 respectively.
    • नवम्बर 2016
      Source: Eurostat
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 30 नवम्बर, 2016
      Select Dataset
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • मार्च 2019
      Source: Eurostat
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 22 मार्च, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • नवम्बर 2016
      Source: Eurostat
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 03 दिसम्बर, 2016
      Select Dataset
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Designs. Community Design refer to design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trade marks and Designs. A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • नवम्बर 2016
      Source: Eurostat
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 30 नवम्बर, 2016
      Select Dataset
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • नवम्बर 2016
      Source: Eurostat
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 30 नवम्बर, 2016
      Select Dataset
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • नवम्बर 2016
      Source: Eurostat
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 30 नवम्बर, 2016
      Select Dataset
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • नवम्बर 2016
      Source: Eurostat
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 04 दिसम्बर, 2016
      Select Dataset
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Designs. Community Design refer to design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trade marks and Designs. A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • नवम्बर 2016
      Source: Eurostat
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 04 दिसम्बर, 2016
      Select Dataset
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • नवम्बर 2016
      Source: Eurostat
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 04 दिसम्बर, 2016
      Select Dataset
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Designs. Community Design refer to design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trade marks and Designs. A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • नवम्बर 2016
      Source: Eurostat
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 30 नवम्बर, 2016
      Select Dataset
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • नवम्बर 2016
      Source: Eurostat
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 03 दिसम्बर, 2016
      Select Dataset
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Designs. Community Design refer to design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trade marks and Designs. A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • नवम्बर 2016
      Source: Eurostat
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 30 नवम्बर, 2016
      Select Dataset
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • मार्च 2019
      Source: Eurostat
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 22 मार्च, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • मार्च 2019
      Source: Eurostat
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 22 मार्च, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • नवम्बर 2016
      Source: Eurostat
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 30 नवम्बर, 2016
      Select Dataset
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • नवम्बर 2016
      Source: Eurostat
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 30 नवम्बर, 2016
      Select Dataset
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • मार्च 2019
      Source: Eurostat
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 22 मार्च, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • नवम्बर 2016
      Source: Eurostat
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 30 नवम्बर, 2016
      Select Dataset
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • नवम्बर 2016
      Source: Eurostat
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 30 नवम्बर, 2016
      Select Dataset
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • जून 2016
      Source: Eurostat
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 20 जून, 2016
      Select Dataset
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • नवम्बर 2016
      Source: Eurostat
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 30 नवम्बर, 2016
      Select Dataset
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • जून 2016
      Source: Eurostat
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 20 जून, 2016
      Select Dataset
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • नवम्बर 2016
      Source: Eurostat
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 30 नवम्बर, 2016
      Select Dataset
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • नवम्बर 2016
      Source: Eurostat
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 30 नवम्बर, 2016
      Select Dataset
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • नवम्बर 2016
      Source: Eurostat
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 04 दिसम्बर, 2016
      Select Dataset
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • नवम्बर 2016
      Source: Eurostat
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 30 नवम्बर, 2016
      Select Dataset
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • नवम्बर 2016
      Source: Eurostat
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 04 दिसम्बर, 2016
      Select Dataset
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • नवम्बर 2016
      Source: Eurostat
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 30 नवम्बर, 2016
      Select Dataset
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the "identity" of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • नवम्बर 2016
      Source: Eurostat
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 30 नवम्बर, 2016
      Select Dataset
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • नवम्बर 2016
      Source: Eurostat
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 30 नवम्बर, 2016
      Select Dataset
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • नवम्बर 2016
      Source: Eurostat
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 30 नवम्बर, 2016
      Select Dataset
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • नवम्बर 2016
      Source: Eurostat
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 30 नवम्बर, 2016
      Select Dataset
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • अगस्त 2019
      Source: Bank for International Settlements
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 26 अगस्त, 2019
      Select Dataset
      The consolidated banking statistics (CBS) measure international banking activity from a nationality perspective, focusing on the country where the banking group's parent is headquartered. While residence-based data such as the locational banking statistics indicate where positions are booked, they do not always identify where underlying decisions are made. This is because banking offices in one country may operate within a business model decided by the group's controlling parent, which may be headquartered in another country. The CBS capture the worldwide claims of banking groups based in reporting countries and exclude intragroup positions, similar to the consolidation approach followed by banking supervisors. The CBS provide several different measures of banking groups' country risk exposures, on either an immediate counterparty or an ultimate risk basis. The most appropriate exposure measure depends on the issue being analysed. The benchmark measure in the CBS is foreign claims, which capture credit to borrowers outside a banking group's home country.   Measure for all Combinations - Amounts Outstanding / Stocks   Note: Under "Reporting country" they have removed "Euro Area".   Data cited at : https://www.bis.org/statistics/index.htm
    • सितम्बर 2019
      Source: Bank for International Settlements
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 23 सितम्बर, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Below Parameters are common for all combinations : Frequency - Quarterly Measure -Amounts Outstanding / Stocks CBS Bank Type - Domestic Banks CBS Reporting Basis - Immediate Counterparty Basis Balance Sheet Position - Total Claims Type of Instruments - All Instruments Remaining Maturity - All Maturities Currency Type of Booking Location - All Currencies Counterparty Sector - All Sectors Data cited at : https://www.bis.org/statistics/index.htm
    • सितम्बर 2019
      Source: Bank for International Settlements
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 23 सितम्बर, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Data cited at : https://www.bis.org/statistics/index.htm
    • सितम्बर 2019
      Source: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 03 अक्तूबर, 2019
      Select Dataset
      The FAOSTAT monthly CPI Food CPI database was based on the ILO CPI data until December 2014. In 2014, IMF-ILO-FAO agreed to transfer global CPI data compilation from ILO to IMF. Upon agreement, CPIs for all items and its sub components originates from the International Monetary Fund (IMF), and the UN Statistics Division(UNSD) for countries not covered by the IMF. However, due to a limited time coverage from IMF and UNSD for a number of countries, the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD), the Latin America and the Caribbean statistics (CEPALSTAT), Central Bank of Western African States (BCEAO), Eastern Caribbean Central Bank (ECCB) and national statistical office website data are used for missing historical data from IMF and UNSD food CPI. The FAO CPI dataset for all items(or general CPI) and the Food CPI, consists of a complete and consistent set of time series from January 2000 onwards. These indices measure the price change between the current and reference periods of the average basket of goods and services purchased by households. The CPI,all items is typically used to measure and monitor inflation, set monetary policy targets, index social benefits such as pensions and unemployment benefits, and to escalate thresholds and credits in the income tax systems and wages in public and private wage contracts.
    • दिसम्बर 2018
      Source: International Monetary Fund
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 22 फरवरी, 2019
      Select Dataset
      The CDIS database presents detailed data on "inward" direct investment positions (i.e., direct investment into the reporting economy) cross-classified by economy of immediate investor, and data on "outward" direct investment positions (i.e., direct investment abroad by the reporting economy) cross-classified by economy of immediate investment. The CDIS database contains breakdowns of direct investment position data, including, in most instances, separate data on net equity and net debt positions, as well as tables that present "mirror" data (i.e., tables in which data from the reporting economy are shown side-by-side with the data obtained from all other counterpart reporting economies).
    • जुलाई 2016
      Source: Eurostat
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 28 जुलाई, 2016
      Select Dataset
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • जनवरी 2017
      Source: Eurostat
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 16 जनवरी, 2017
      Select Dataset
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications / granted to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.
    • जनवरी 2017
      Source: Eurostat
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 16 जनवरी, 2017
      Select Dataset
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications / granted to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.
    • जुलाई 2016
      Source: Eurostat
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 28 जुलाई, 2016
      Select Dataset
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • जुलाई 2016
      Source: Eurostat
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 17 जुलाई, 2016
      Select Dataset
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • जनवरी 2017
      Source: Eurostat
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 16 जनवरी, 2017
      Select Dataset
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications / granted to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.
    • जनवरी 2017
      Source: Eurostat
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 16 जनवरी, 2017
      Select Dataset
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications / granted to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.
    • जुलाई 2016
      Source: Eurostat
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 17 जुलाई, 2016
      Select Dataset
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • जनवरी 2019
      Source: Transparency International
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 01 फरवरी, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Data cited at CORRUPTION PERCEPTIONS INDEX 2018 by Transparency International is licensed under CC-BY-ND 4.0. Global Corruption Barometer is the largest world-wide public opinion survey on corruption. see more at https://www.transparency.org/cpi2018 Transparency International(TI) defines corruption as the abuse of entrusted power for private gain. This definition encompasses corrupt practices in both the public and private sectors. The Corruption Perceptions Index (CPI) ranks countries according to the perception of corruption in the public sector. The CPI is an aggregate indicator that combines different sources of information about corruption, making it possible to compare countries. The CPI ranks almost 200 countries by their perceived levels of corruption, as determined by expert assessments and opinion surveys.
    • फरवरी 2019
      Source: Numbeo
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 05 मार्च, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Data cited at NUMBEO Numbeo is the world’s largest database of user contributed data about cities and countries worldwide. Numbeo provides current and timely information on world living conditions including cost of living, housing indicators, health care, traffic, crime and pollution. For more information please check http://www.numbeo.com/cost-of-living/rankings_by_country.jsp   About dataset: These indices are relative to New York City (NYC). Which means that for New York City, each index should be 100(%). If another city has, for example, rent index of 120, it means rents in average in that city are 20% more expensive than in New York City. If a city has rent index of 70, that means in the average in that city rents are 30% less expensive than in New York City. Cost of Living Index (Excl. Rent) is a relative indicator of consumer goods price, including groceries, restaurants, transportation and utilities. Cost of Living Index doesn't include accommodation expenses such as rent or mortgage. If a city has a Cost of Living Index of 120, it means Numbeo estimates it is 20% more expensive than New York (excluding rent). Rent Index is estimation of prices of renting apartments in the city compared to New York City. If Rent index is 80, Numbeo estimates that price for renting in that city is 80% of price in New York. Groceries Index is an estimation of grocery prices in the city compared to New York City. To calculate this section, Numbeo uses "Markets"section of each city. Restaurants Index is a comparison of prices of meals and drinks in restaurants and bars compared to NYC. Cost of Living Plus Rent Index is an estimation of consumer goods prices including rent in the city comparing to New York City. Local Purchasing Power shows relative purchasing power in buying goods and services in a given city for the average wage in that city. If domestic purchasing power is 40, this means that the inhabitants of that city with the average salary can afford to buy 60% less typical goods and services than New York City residents with an average salary.
    • नवम्बर 2014
      Source: Central Agency for Public Mobilization and Statistics of Egypt
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 10 दिसम्बर, 2014
      Select Dataset
    • अप्रैल 2015
      Source: International Monetary Fund
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 20 अगस्त, 2015
      Select Dataset
      Global growth is forecast at 3.5 percent in 2015 and 3.8 percent in 2016, with uneven prospects across the main countries and regions of the world. The distribution of risks to near-term global growth has become more balanced relative to the October World Economic Outlook but is still tilted to the downside. The decline in oil prices could boost activity more than expected. Geopolitical tensions continue to pose threats, and risks of disruptive shifts in asset prices remain relevant. In some advanced economies, protracted low inflation or deflation also pose risks to activity. The chapter takes a region-by-region look at the recent development in the world economy and the outlook for 2015, with particular attention to notable development in countries within each region.
    • जनवरी 2019
      Source: NYU Stern
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 13 फरवरी, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Citation: Damodaran, Aswath, Equity Risk Premiums (ERP): Determinants, Estimation and Implications – The 2016 Edition (March 5, 2016). Available at SSRN: https://ssrn.com/abstract=2742186 or http://dx.doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.2742186   This dataset summarizes the latest bond ratings and appropriate default spreads for different countries. While you can use these numbers as rough estimates of country risk premiums, you may want to modify the premia to reflect the additional risk of equity markets. To estimate the long term country equity risk premium, I start with a default spread, which I obtain in one of two ways: (1) I use the local currency sovereign rating (from Moody's: www.moodys.com) and estimate the default spread for that rating (based upon traded country bonds) over a default free government bond rate. For countries without a Moody's rating but with an S&P rating, I use the Moody's equivalent of the S&P rating. To get the default spreads by sovereign rating, I use the CDS spreads and compute the average CDS spread by rating. Using that number as a basis, I extrapolate for those ratings for which I have no CDS spreads. (2) I start with the CDS spread for the country, if one is available and subtract out the US CDS spread, since my mature market premium is derived from the US market. That difference becomes the country spread. For the few countries that have CDS spreads that are lower than the US, I will get a negative number. You can add just this default spread to the mature market premium to arrive at the total equity risk premium. I add an additional step. In the short term especially, the equity country risk premium is likely to be greater than the country's default spread. You can estimate an adjusted country risk premium by multiplying the default spread by the relative equity market volatility for that market (Std dev in country equity market/Std dev in country bond). I have used the emerging market average of 1.12 (estimated by comparing a emerging market equity index to an emerging market government/public bond index) to estimate country risk premium.I have added this to my estimated risk premium of 5.08% for mature markets (obtained by looking at the implied premium for the S&P 500) to get the total risk premium. Notes:  The year of publication has been considered as per publication date. For example, data published on 2018-Jan considered as 2018, similarly 2019-Jan as 2019    
    • जुलाई 2019
      Source: Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 02 अगस्त, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Reports - Statistical Releases E.16 Country Exposure Lending Survey and Country Exposure Information Report
    • जून 2018
      Source: Reputation Institute
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 03 जुलाई, 2018
      Select Dataset
      Country RepTrak | Top Countries by ReputationThe Global RepTrak® 100 is a study that Reputation Institute conducts annually to measure the reputation of the world’s 100 most highly-regarded and familiar global companies in 15 countries. Included firms must meet the following qualifications: 1) Have a significant economic presence in the 15 largest economies 2) Have an above average reputation in its home country 3) Have global familiarity over 40% It is the largest Global reputation study, with ~170,000 ratings   Normative Scale for Reputation track pulse score Excellent/Top Tier: 80+ Strong/Robust: 70-79 Avg./Moderate: 60-69 Weak/Vulnerable: 40-59 Poor/Lowest: <40
    • अक्तूबर 2019
      Source: National Bank of Belgium
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 06 अक्तूबर, 2019
      Select Dataset
    • जुलाई 2019
      Source: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 16 अक्तूबर, 2019
      Select Dataset
      GHG emissions data from the cultivation of organic soils are those associated with nitrous oxide gas from organic soils under cropland (item: Cropland organic soils) and grassland (item: Grassland organic soils). The FAOSTAT emissions database is computed following Tier 1 IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories (http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/vol4.html). GHG emissions are provided by country, region and special groups, with global coverage, relative to the period 1990-present (with annual updates) and with projections for 2030 and 2050, expressed both as Gg N2O and Gg CO2eq, by cropland, grassland and by their aggregation. Implied emission factor for N2O as well activity data (areas) are also provided.
    • जून 2019
      Source: United Nations Conference on Trade and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 11 जून, 2019
      Select Dataset
      This table shows exchange rates for currencies used in over 190 world economies presented in a cross rates layout where countries are presented in both rows and columns. National currency per US dollars exchange rates are used to derive explicit exchange rates for each of the countries presented with regard to any other country. Country series are consistent over time: for example, a conversion was made from national currency to Euro for the Euro Zone economies for all years prior to the adoption of Euro.
  • D
    • मार्च 2019
      Source: Statistics Denmark
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 10 अप्रैल, 2019
      Select Dataset
    • अप्रैल 2019
      Source: Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 14 जून, 2019
      Select Dataset
      This 10th edition of the Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation’s annual Financing Global Health report provides the most up-to-date estimates of development assistance for health, domestic spending on health, health spending on two key infectious diseases – malaria and HIV/AIDS – and future scenarios of health spending. Several transitions in global health financing inform this report: the influence of economic development on the composition of health spending; the emergence of other sources of development assistance funds and initiatives; and the increased availability of disease-specific funding data for the global health community. For funders and policymakers with sights on achieving 2030 global health goals, these estimates are of critical importance. They can be used for identifying funding gaps, evaluating the allocation of scarce resources, and comparing funding across time and countries.
    • दिसम्बर 2007
      Source: International Telecommunication Union
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 23 मई, 2019
      Select Dataset
      The Digital Opportunity Index (DOI) is the only index that includes price data for 181 economies, which is vital in assessing effective market demand. The Digital Opportunity Index (DOI) has been designed to as a tool for tracking progress in bridging the digital divide and the implementa- tion of the outcomes of the World Summit on the Information Society (WSIS). As such, it provides a powerful policy tool for exploring the global and regional trends in infrastructure, opportu- nity and usage that are shaping the Information Society.
    • मार्च 2019
      Source: U.S. Department of Commerce, Bureau of Economic Analysis
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 24 मई, 2019
      Select Dataset
      U.S. Direct Investment Abroad: Income Without Current-Cost Adjustment, Quarterly Update 
    • जुलाई 2018
      Source: U.S. Department of Commerce, Bureau of Economic Analysis
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 10 अगस्त, 2018
      Select Dataset
      Direct Investment Abroad: Reinvestment of Earnings Without Current Cost Adjustment, United States
    • अगस्त 2019
      Source: The Central Bank of the Russian Federation
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 16 सितम्बर, 2019
      Select Dataset
    • अप्रैल 2019
      Source: U.S. Department of Commerce, Bureau of Economic Analysis
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 21 जून, 2019
      Select Dataset
      U.S. Direct Investment Position Abroad on a Historical-Cost Basis
    • जुलाई 2018
      Source: U.S. Department of Commerce, Bureau of Economic Analysis
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 10 अगस्त, 2018
      Select Dataset
      Direct Investment Position Abroad on a Historical-Cost Basis:  Country Detail by Industry, United States
    • जून 2019
      Source: Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 30 अगस्त, 2019
      Select Dataset
      GBD 2017 - Disability-Adjusted Life Years and Healthy Life Expectancy 1990-2017 The Global Burden of Disease Study 2016 (GBD 2016), coordinated by the Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation (IHME), estimated the burden of diseases, injuries, and risk factors for 195 countries and territories and at the subnational level for a subset of countries. Estimates for disability-adjusted life years (DALYs) by cause, age, and sex and healthy life expectancy (HALE) by age and sex are available from the GBD Results Tool for 1990-2016 (quinquennial). Select tables published in The Lancet in September 2017 in "Global, regional, and national disability-adjusted life-years (DALYs) for 333 diseases and injuries and healthy life expectancy (HALE) for 195 countries and territories, 1990–2016: a systematic analysis for the Global Burden of Disease Study 2016" are also available for download via the “Files” tab above.
    • मार्च 2019
      Source: Machine Tool Builders’ Association, Japan
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 03 अप्रैल, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Monthly amount of orders received of Machine Tools Jan 2009 to present.
    • जनवरी 2017
      Source: Eurostat
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 16 जनवरी, 2017
      Select Dataset
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • जनवरी 2017
      Source: Eurostat
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 16 जनवरी, 2017
      Select Dataset
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
  • E
    • सितम्बर 2019
      Source: Department of Statistics, Singapore
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 16 सितम्बर, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Earnings Of Foreign Direct Investment In Singapore By Country/Region (During The Year), Annual
    • जुलाई 2013
      Source: Earth Policy Institute
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 08 जुलाई, 2013
      Select Dataset
      Contains annual data series on water consumption, irrigated area, solar water and space heating area, countries overpumping aquifers and water deficits for the countries and regions through the time period from 1961 to 2013.
    • फरवरी 2015
      Source: U.S. Geological Survey
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 28 अप्रैल, 2015
      Select Dataset
    • सितम्बर 2019
      Source: Fraser Institute
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 25 सितम्बर, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Data cited at: "Economic Freedom of the World: 2019 Annual Report"@Fraser Institute   The economic freedom index measures the degree of economic freedom present in five major areas: [1] Size of Government; [2] Legal System and Security of Property Rights; [3] Sound Money; [4] Freedom to Trade Internationally; [5] Regulation. Within the five major areas, there are 24 components (area) in economic freedom index. Each component and sub-component is placed on a scale from 0 to 10.
    • दिसम्बर 2012
      Source: Liberia Institute of Statistics & Geo-Information Services
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 21 मई, 2013
      Select Dataset
    • नवम्बर 2018
      Source: Climatescope
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 27 फरवरी, 2019
      Select Dataset
      World: Electricity Prices
    • जुलाई 2019
      Source: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 16 अक्तूबर, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Greenhouse Gas (GHG) emissions from burning of savanna consist of methane (CH4) and nitrous oxide (N2O) gases produced from the burning of vegetation biomass in the following five land cover types: Savanna, Woody Savanna, Open Shrublands, Closed Shrublands, and Grasslands. The FAOSTAT emissions database is computed following Tier 1 IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories (http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/vol4.html). GHG emissions are provided by country, regions and special groups, with global coverage, relative to the period 1990-present (with annual updates), expressed as Gg CH4, Gg N2O, Gg CO2eq and Gg CO2eq from both CH4 and N2O, by land cover class (savanna, woody savanna, closed shrubland, open shrubland, grassland) and by aggregates (all categories, savanna and woody savanna, closed and open shrubland). Implied emission factors for N2O and CH4 as well activity data (burned area and biomass burned) are also provided.
    • सितम्बर 2019
      Source: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 16 अक्तूबर, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Agriculture Total contains all the emissions produced in the different agricultural emissions sub-domains (enteric fermentation, manure management, rice cultivation, synthetic fertilizers, manure applied to soils, manure left on pastures, crop residues, cultivation of organic soils, burning of crop residues, burning of savanna, energy use), providing a picture of the contribution to the total amount of GHG emissions from agriculture. GHG emissions from agriculture consist of non-CO2 gases, namely methane (CH4) and nitrous oxide (N2O), produced by crop and livestock production and management activities. The FAOSTAT emissions database is computed following Tier 1 IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories (http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/index.html). GHG emissions are provided by country, regions and special groups, with global coverage, relative to the period 1961-present (with annual updates) and with projections for 2030 and 2050, expressed as Gg CO2 and CO2eq (from CH4 and N2O), by underlying agricultural emission sub-domain and by aggregate (agriculture total, agriculture total plus energy, agricultural soils).
    • जून 2019
      Source: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 26 जून, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Greenhouse Gas (GHG) emissions from burning crop residues consist of methane (CH4) and nitrous oxide (N2O) gases produced by the combustion of a percentage of crop residues burnt on-site. The mass of fuel available for burning should be estimated taking into account the fractions removed before burning due to animal consumption, decay in the field, and use in other sectors (e.g., biofuel, domestic livestock feed, building materials, etc.). FAOSTAT emission estimates are computed at Tier 1 following the IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories (http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/vol4.html). GHG emissions are provided by country, reguions and special groups, with global coverage, relative to the period 1961-present (with annual updates) and with projections for 2030 and 2050, expressed both as Gg CH4, Gg N2O, Gg CO2eq and CO2eq from CH4 and N2O, by crop (maize, rice, sugarcane and wheat) and by aggregates. Implied emission factors for N2O and CH4 as well activity data (biomass burned) are also provided.
    • जून 2019
      Source: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 16 अक्तूबर, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions from crop residues consist of direct and indirect nitrous oxide (N2O) emissions from nitrogen (N) in crop residues and forage/pasture renewal left on agricultural fields by farmers. Specifically, N2O is produced by microbial processes of nitrification and de-nitrification taking place on the deposition site (direct emissions), and after volatilization/re-deposition and leaching processes (indirect emissions). The FAOSTAT emissions database is computed following Tier 1 IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories, Vol. 4, Ch. 2 and 11(http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/vol4.html). GHG emissions are provided as direct, indirect and total by country, regions and special groups, with global coverage, relative to the period 1961-present (with annual updates) and with projections for 2030 and 2050, expressed as Gg N2O and Gg CO2eq, by crop and N content in residues.
    • जून 2019
      Source: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 26 जून, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions from enteric fermentation consist of methane gas produced in digestive systems of ruminants and to a lesser extent of non-ruminants. The FAOSTAT emissions database is computed following Tier 1 IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories vol. 4, ch. 10 and 11 (http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/vol4.html). GHG emissions are provided by country, regions and special groups, with global coverage, relative to the period 1961-present (with annual updates) and with projections for 2030 and 2050, expressed both as Gg CH4 and Gg CO2eq, by livestock species (asses, buffaloes, camels, cattle (dairy and non-dairy), goats, horses, llamas, mules, sheep, swine (breeding and market)) and by species aggregates (all animals, camels and llamas, cattle, mules and asses, sheep and goats, swine). Implied emission factor for CH4 and activity data are also provided
    • जून 2019
      Source: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 26 जून, 2019
      Select Dataset
      GHG emissions from manure applied to soils consist of direct and indirect nitrous oxide (N2O) emissions from manure nitrogen (N) added to agricultural soils by farmers. Specifically, N2O is produced by microbial processes of nitrification and de-nitrification taking place on the application site (direct emissions), and after volatilization/re-deposition and leaching processes (indirect emissions). The FAOSTAT emissions database is computed following Tier 1 IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories vol. 4, ch. 10 and 11 (http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/vol4.html). GHG emissions are provided as direct, indirect and total by country, regions and special groups, with global coverage, relative to the period 1961-present (with annual updates) and with projections for 2030 and 2050, expressed as Gg N2O and Gg CO2eq, by livestock species (asses, buffaloes, camels, cattle (dairy and non-dairy), chickens (broilers and layers), ducks, goats, horses, llamas, mules, sheep, swine (breeding and market) and turkeys) and by species aggregates (all animals, camels and llamas, cattle, chickens, mules and asses, poultry birds, sheep and goats, swine). Implied emission factor for N2O and activity data (N content in manure) are also provided.
    • जून 2019
      Source: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 26 जून, 2019
      Select Dataset
      GHG emissions from manure left on pastures consist of direct and indirect nitrous oxide (N2O) emissions from manure nitrogen (N) left on pastures by grazing livestock. Specifically, N2O is produced by microbial processes of nitrification and de-nitrification taking place on the deposition site (direct emissions), and after volatilization/re-deposition and leaching processes (indirect emissions). The FAOSTAT emissions database is computed following Tier 1 IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories vol. 4, ch. 10 and 11 (http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/vol4.html). GHG emissions are provided by country, regions and special groups, with global coverage, relative to the period 1961-present (with annual updates) and with projections for 2030 and 2050, expressed as direct, indirect and total Gg N2O and Gg CO2eq, by livestock species (asses, buffaloes, camels, cattle (dairy and non-dairy), chickens (broilers and layers), ducks, goats, horses, llamas, mules, sheep, swine (breeding, market), turkeys) and by species aggregates (all animals, camels and llamas, cattle, chickens, mules and asses, poultry birds, sheep and goats, swine). Implied emission factor for N2O and N content in manure are also provided.
    • जून 2019
      Source: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 26 जून, 2019
      Select Dataset
    • सितम्बर 2019
      Source: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 16 अक्तूबर, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions from synthetic fertilizers consist of nitrous oxide gas from synthetic nitrogen additions to managed soils. Specifically, N2O is produced by microbial processes of nitrification and de-nitrification taking place on the addition site (direct emissions), and after volatilization/re-deposition and leaching processes (indirect emissions). The FAOSTAT emissions database is computed following Tier 1 IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories vol. 4, ch. 11 (http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/vol4.html). GHG emissions are provided as direct, indirect and total by country, regions and special groups, with global coverage, relative to the period 1961-present (with annual updates) and with projections for 2030 and 2050, expressed as Gg N2O and Gg CO2eq. Implied emission factor for N2O and activity data (consumption) are also provided.
    • मई 2019
      Source: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 26 जून, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Greenhouse Gas (GHG) emissions from burning of biomass consist of methane and nitrous oxide gases from biomass combustion of forest land cover classes ‘Humid and Tropical Forest’ and ‘Other Forests’, and of methane, nitrous oxide, and carbon dioxide gases from combustion of organic soils. The FAOSTAT emissions database is computed following Tier 1 IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories (http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/vol4.html). GHG emissions are provided by country, with global coverage, relative to the period 1990-present (with annual updates), expressed as Gg CH4, Gg N2O, Gg CO2, Gg CO2eq and Gg CO2eq from both CH4 and N2O, by land cover class (humid tropical forest, other forest, organic soils) and by aggregate (burning - all categories). Implied emission factors for N2O, CH4 and CO2 as well activity data (burned area and biomass burned) are also provided.
    • दिसम्बर 2018
      Source: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 26 जून, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions data from cropland are currently limited to emissions from cropland organic soils. They are those associated with carbon losses from drained histosols under cropland. The FAOSTAT emissions database is computed following Tier 1 IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories (http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/vol5.html). GHG emissions are provided by country, region and special groups, with global coverage, relative to the period 1990-present (with annual updates), expressed as net emissions/removal Gg CO2 and Gg CO2eq. Implied emission factor for C, net stock change Gg C and activity data (area) are also provided.
    • दिसम्बर 2018
      Source: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 26 जून, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions data from grassland are currently limited to emissions from grassland organic soils. They are those associated with carbon losses from drained histosols under grassland. The FAOSTAT emissions database is computed following Tier 1 IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories (http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/vol6.html). GHG emissions are provided by country, region and special groups, with global coverage, relative to the period 1990-present (with annual updates), expressed as net emissions/removal Gg CO2 and Gg CO2eq. Implied emission factor for C, net stock change Gg C and activity data (area) are also provided.
    • मई 2019
      Source: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 26 जून, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Land Use Total contains all GHG emissions and removals produced in the different Land Use sub-domains, representing the three IPCC Land Use categories: cropland, forest land, and grassland, collectively called emissions/removals from the Forestry and Other Land Use (FOLU) sector. FOLU emissions consist of CO2 (carbon dioxide), CH4 (methane) and N2O (nitrous oxide) associated with land management activities. CO2 emissions/removals are derived from estimated net carbon stock changes in above and below-ground biomass pools of forest land, including forest land converted to other land uses. CH4 and N2O, and additional CO2 emissions are estimated for fires and drainage of organic soils. The FAOSTAT emissions database is computed following Tier 1 IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories (http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/index.html). GHG emissions are provided as by country, regions and special groups, with global coverage, relative to the period 1990-present (with annual updates), expressed as Gg CO2eq from CH4 and N2O, net emissions/removals as GG CO2 and Gg CO2eq, by underlying land use emission sub-domain and by aggregate (land use total).
    • अक्तूबर 2019
      Source: International Labour Organization
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 15 अक्तूबर, 2019
      Select Dataset
    • अप्रैल 2019
      Source: International Labour Organization
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 03 मई, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Employed migrants refer to the number of persons who changed their country of usual residence and were also employed during a specified brief period. Data are disaggregated by country of origin. A person's country of origin is that from which the person originates, i.e. the country of his or her citizenship (or, in the case of stateless persons, the country of usual residence).
    • सितम्बर 2019
      Source: International Labour Organization
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 13 अक्तूबर, 2019
      Select Dataset
    • अक्तूबर 2019
      Source: International Labour Organization
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 15 अक्तूबर, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Employees are all those workers who hold paid employment jobs, which are those where the incumbents hold employment contracts which give them a basic remuneration not directly dependent upon the revenue of the unit for which they work. Data are disaggregated by economic activity according to the latest version of the International Standard Industrial Classification of All Economic Activities (ISIC) available for that year. Economic activity refers to the main activity of the establishment in which a person worked during the reference period and does not depend on the specific duties or functions of the person's job, but on the characteristics of the economic unit in which this person works.
    • जून 2019
      Source: International Labour Organization
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 18 जुलाई, 2019
      Select Dataset
      The employed comprise all persons of working age who, during a specified brief period, were in one of the following categories: a) paid employment (whether at work or with a job but not at work); or b) self-employment (whether at work or with an enterprise but not at work). The series is part of the ILO estimates and is harmonized to account for differences in national data and scope of coverage, collection and tabulation methodologies as well as for other country-specific factors. Data for 1991-2016 are estimates while 2017-2021 data are projections. The dataset was updated as of November 2017. For more information, refer to the ILO estimates and projections methodological note.
    • अक्तूबर 2019
      Source: International Labour Organization
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 15 अक्तूबर, 2019
      Select Dataset
      The employed comprise all persons of working age who, during a specified brief period, were in one of the following categories: a) paid employment (whether at work or with a job but not at work); or b) self-employment (whether at work or with an enterprise but not at work).
    • नवम्बर 2018
      Source: International Labour Organization
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 24 मार्च, 2019
      Select Dataset
      The employed comprise all persons of working age who, during a specified brief period, were in one of the following categories: a) paid employment (whether at work or with a job but not at work); or b) self-employment (whether at work or with an enterprise but not at work).
    • जून 2019
      Source: International Labour Organization
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 18 जुलाई, 2019
      Select Dataset
      The employed comprise all persons of working age who, during a specified brief period, were in the following categories: a) paid employment (whether at work or with a job but not at work); or b) self-employment (whether at work or with an enterprise but not at work). Data are disaggregated by economic activity, which refers to the main activity of the establishment in which a person worked during the reference period and does not depend on the specific duties or functions of the person's job, but on the characteristics of the economic unit in which this person works. The series is part of the ILO estimates and is harmonized to account for differences in national data and scope of coverage, collection and tabulation methodologies as well as for other country-specific factors. Data for 1991-2016 are estimates while 2017-2021 data are projections. The dataset was updated as of November 2017. For more information, refer to the indicator description and the ILO estimates and projections methodological note.
    • अक्तूबर 2019
      Source: International Labour Organization
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 15 अक्तूबर, 2019
      Select Dataset
      The employed comprise all persons of working age who, during a specified brief period, were in the following categories: a) paid employment (whether at work or with a job but not at work); or b) self-employment (whether at work or with an enterprise but not at work). Data are disaggregated by economic activity according to the latest version of the International Standard Industrial Classification of All Economic Activities (ISIC) available for that year. Economic activity refers to the main activity of the establishment in which a person worked during the reference period and does not depend on the specific duties or functions of the person's job, but on the characteristics of the economic unit in which this person works.
    • नवम्बर 2018
      Source: International Labour Organization
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 24 मार्च, 2019
      Select Dataset
      The employed comprise all persons of working age who, during a specified brief period, were in one of the following categories: a) paid employment (whether at work or with a job but not at work); or b) self-employment (whether at work or with an enterprise but not at work).
    • जून 2019
      Source: International Labour Organization
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 18 जुलाई, 2019
      Select Dataset
      The employed comprise all persons of working age who, during a specified brief period, were in the following categories: a) paid employment (whether at work or with a job but not at work); or b) self-employment (whether at work or with an enterprise but not at work). Data are disaggregated by occupation according to the latest version of the International Standard Classification of Occupations (ISCO). Information on occupation provides a description of the set of tasks and duties which are carried out by, or can be assigned to, one person. The series is part of the ILO estimates and is harmonized to account for differences in national data and scope of coverage, collection and tabulation methodologies as well as for other country-specific factors. Data for 1991-2016 are estimates while 2017-2021 data are projections. The dataset was updated as of November 2017. For more information, refer to the indicator description and the labour force estimates and projections methodological paper. 
    • अक्तूबर 2019
      Source: International Labour Organization
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 15 अक्तूबर, 2019
      Select Dataset
      The employed comprise all persons of working age who, during a specified brief period, were in the following categories: a) paid employment (whether at work or with a job but not at work); or b) self-employment (whether at work or with an enterprise but not at work). Data are disaggregated by occupation according to the latest version of the International Standard Classification of Occupations (ISCO) available for that year. Information on occupation provides a description of the set of tasks and duties which are carried out by, or can be assigned to, one person.
    • जून 2019
      Source: International Labour Organization
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 18 जुलाई, 2019
      Select Dataset
      The employed comprise all persons of working age who, during a specified brief period, were in one of the following categories: a) paid employment (whether at work or with a job but not at work); or b) self-employment (whether at work or with an enterprise but not at work). Data are disaggregated by status in employment according to the latest version of the International Standard Classification of Status in Employment (ICSE-93). Status in employment refers to the type of explicit or implicit contract of employment the person has with other persons or organizations. The basic criteria used to define the groups of the classification are the type of economic risk and the type of authority over establishments and other workers which the job incumbents have or will have. The series is part of the ILO estimates and is harmonized to account for differences in national data and scope of coverage, collection and tabulation methodologies as well as for other country-specific factors. Data for 1991-2016 are estimates while 2017-2021 data are projections. The dataset was updated as of November 2017. For more information, refer to the ILO estimates and projections methodological note.
    • अक्तूबर 2019
      Source: International Labour Organization
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 15 अक्तूबर, 2019
      Select Dataset
      The employed comprise all persons of working age who, during a specified brief period, were in one of the following categories: a) paid employment (whether at work or with a job but not at work); or b) self-employment (whether at work or with an enterprise but not at work). Data are disaggregated by status in employment according to the latest version of the International Standard Classification of Status in Employment (ICSE-93). Status in employment refers to the type of explicit or implicit contract of employment the person has with other persons or organizations. The basic criteria used to define the groups of the classification are the type of economic risk and the type of authority over establishments and other workers which the job incumbents have or will have.
    • जून 2019
      Source: International Labour Organization
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 18 जुलाई, 2019
      Select Dataset
      The employed comprise all persons of working age who, during a specified brief period, were in the following categories: a) paid employment (whether at work or with a job but not at work); or b) self-employment (whether at work or with an enterprise but not at work). Data are disaggregated by economic activity, which refers to the main activity of the establishment in which a person worked during the reference period and does not depend on the specific duties or functions of the person's job, but on the characteristics of the economic unit in which this person works. The series is part of the ILO estimates and is harmonized to account for differences in national data and scope of coverage, collection and tabulation methodologies as well as for other country-specific factors. Data for 1991-2016 are estimates while 2017-2021 data are projections. The dataset was updated as of November 2017. For more information, refer to the indicator description and the ILO estimates and projections methodological note.
    • अक्तूबर 2019
      Source: International Labour Organization
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 15 अक्तूबर, 2019
      Select Dataset
      The employed comprise all persons of working age who, during a specified brief period, were in the following categories: a) paid employment (whether at work or with a job but not at work); or b) self-employment (whether at work or with an enterprise but not at work). Data are disaggregated by economic activity, which refers to the main activity of the establishment in which a person worked during the reference period and does not depend on the specific duties or functions of the person's job, but on the characteristics of the economic unit in which this person works.
    • जून 2019
      Source: International Labour Organization
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 18 जुलाई, 2019
      Select Dataset
      The employed comprise all persons of working age who, during a specified brief period, were in the following categories: a) paid employment (whether at work or with a job but not at work); or b) self-employment (whether at work or with an enterprise but not at work). Data are disaggregated by occupation according to the latest version of the International Standard Classification of Occupations (ISCO). Information on occupation provides a description of the set of tasks and duties which are carried out by, or can be assigned to, one person. The series is part of the ILO estimates and is harmonized to account for differences in national data and scope of coverage, collection and tabulation methodologies as well as for other country-specific factors. Data for 1991-2016 are estimates while 2017-2021 data are projections. The dataset was updated as of November 2017. For more information, refer to the indicator description and the labour force estimates and projections methodological paper. 
    • अक्तूबर 2019
      Source: International Labour Organization
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 15 अक्तूबर, 2019
      Select Dataset
      The employed comprise all persons of working age who, during a specified brief period, were in the following categories: a) paid employment (whether at work or with a job but not at work); or b) self-employment (whether at work or with an enterprise but not at work). Data are disaggregated by occupation according to the latest version of the International Standard Classification of Occupations (ISCO). Information on occupation provides a description of the set of tasks and duties which are carried out by, or can be assigned to, one person.
    • जून 2019
      Source: International Labour Organization
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 18 जुलाई, 2019
      Select Dataset
      The employed comprise all persons of working age who, during a specified brief period, were in one of the following categories: a) paid employment (whether at work or with a job but not at work); or b) self-employment (whether at work or with an enterprise but not at work). Data are disaggregated by status in employment according to the latest version of the International Standard Classification of Status in Employment (ICSE-93). Status in employment refers to the type of explicit or implicit contract of employment the person has with other persons or organizations. The basic criteria used to define the groups of the classification are the type of economic risk and the type of authority over establishments and other workers which the job incumbents have or will have. The series is part of the ILO estimates and is harmonized to account for differences in national data and scope of coverage, collection and tabulation methodologies as well as for other country-specific factors. Data for 1991-2016 are estimates while 2017-2021 data are projections. The dataset was updated as of November 2017. For more information, refer to the ILO estimates and projections methodological note.
    • अक्तूबर 2019
      Source: International Labour Organization
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 15 अक्तूबर, 2019
      Select Dataset
      The employed comprise all persons of working age who, during a specified brief period, were in one of the following categories: a) paid employment (whether at work or with a job but not at work); or b) self-employment (whether at work or with an enterprise but not at work). Data are disaggregated by status in employment according to the latest version of the International Standard Classification of Status in Employment (ICSE-93). Status in employment refers to the type of explicit or implicit contract of employment the person has with other persons or organizations. The basic criteria used to define the groups of the classification are the type of economic risk and the type of authority over establishments and other workers which the job incumbents have or will have.
    • अक्तूबर 2019
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 08 अक्तूबर, 2019
      Select Dataset
      The Fisheries Committee (COFI) from the Trade and Agriculture Directorate (TAD) collects, on an annual basis from all its participating countries, data on landings, aquaculture production, fleet, employment in the fisheries sector, and government financial transfers. Data are collected from Fisheries Ministries, National Statistics Offices and other institution designated as an official data source. Concepts Classifications Data are collected by the OECD using the methodologies established by the Coordinating Working Party on Fishery Statistics (CWP) (www.fao.org/fishery/cwp/search/en). This inter-agency body, created in 1960 to develop common procedures and standards for the collation of fisheries statistics, provides technical advice on fishery statistical matters. Its handbook of Fishery Statistical Standards comprises definitions of the various concepts used in fishery statistics, with the exception of Government Financial Transfers which is unique to the OECD. All other statistics are based on the CWP definitions. The OECD, a partner with the CWP, additionally collects information on values for its landings and records the breakdown between the types of landings (i.e. landings in domestic ports, landings in foreign ports) data series which are not collected by the FAO. While a number of countries cover landings in a similar fashion, the same does not hold true for capacity (feet/meters, GRT/engine powers), or for employment for which both Full-time equivalents or numbers of people are used. The OECD therefore does not duplicate FAO statistics but requests complementary information to feed its analytical work.
    • फरवरी 2018
      Source: World Input-Output Database
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 11 फरवरी, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Includes both employees and the self-employed.
    • जून 2019
      Source: International Labour Organization
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 18 जुलाई, 2019
      Select Dataset
      The employment-to-population ratio expresses the number of persons who are employed as a percent of the total working age population. The series is part of the ILO estimates and is harmonized to account for differences in national data and scope of coverage, collection and tabulation methodologies as well as for other country-specific factors. Data for 1991-2016 are estimates while 2017-2021 data are projections. The dataset was updated as of November 2017. For more information, refer to the indicator description and the ILO estimates and projections methodological note.
    • अक्तूबर 2019
      Source: International Labour Organization
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 15 अक्तूबर, 2019
      Select Dataset
      The employment-to-population ratio is the number of persons who are employed as a percent of the total of working age population.
    • सितम्बर 2019
      Source: Statistics Finland
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 27 सितम्बर, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Data cited at: Statistics Finland http://www.stat.fi/index_en.html Publication: 005 -- Energy import and export by country, % http://pxnet2.stat.fi/PXWeb/pxweb/en/StatFin/StatFin__ene__ehk/statfin_ehk_pxt_005_en.px License: http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Revisions in these statistics Description kuvaus Consepts and definitions *Year preliminary
    • सितम्बर 2019
      Source: Statistics Finland
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 27 सितम्बर, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Data cited at: Statistics Finland http://www.stat.fi/index_en.html Publication: 006 -- Energy import and export by country, proportion % http://pxnet2.stat.fi/PXWeb/pxweb/en/StatFin/StatFin__ene__ehk/statfin_ehk_pxt_006_en.px License: http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Revisions in these statistics Description kuvaus Consepts and definitions *Year preliminary
    • सितम्बर 2019
      Source: Statistics Finland
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 27 सितम्बर, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Data cited at: Statistics Finland http://www.stat.fi/index_en.html Publication: 004 -- Energy import and export by country http://pxnet2.stat.fi/PXWeb/pxweb/en/StatFin/StatFin__ene__ehk/statfin_ehk_pxt_004_en.px License: http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Revisions in these statistics Description Consepts and definitions *Year preliminary
    • मई 2018
      Source: Federal Institute for Geosciences and Natural Resources
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 16 मई, 2018
      Select Dataset
    • जनवरी 2017
      Source: Eurostat
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 16 जनवरी, 2017
      Select Dataset
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • जनवरी 2017
      Source: Eurostat
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 16 जनवरी, 2017
      Select Dataset
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • जनवरी 2018
      Source: Yale Center for Environmental Law & Policy
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 02 फरवरी, 2018
      Select Dataset
      Data cited at: Wendling, Z. A., Emerson, J. W., Esty, D. C., Levy, M. A., de Sherbinin, A., et al. (2018). 2018 Environmental Performance Index. New Haven, CT: Yale Center for Environmental Law & Policy. https://epi.yale.edu/   The Environmental Performance Index (EPI) is constructed through the calculation and aggregation of 20 indicators reflecting national-level environmental data. These indicators are combined into nine issue categories, each of which fit under one of two overarching objectives. The two objectives that provide the overarching structure of the EPI are Environmental Health and Ecosystem Vitality. Environmental Health measures the protection of human health from environmental harm. Ecosystem Vitality measures ecosystem protection and resource management. These two objectives are further divided into nine issue categories that span high-priority environmental policy issues, including air quality, forests, fisheries, and climate and energy, among others. The issue categories are extensive but not comprehensive. Underlying the nine issue categories are 20 indicators calculated from country-level data and statistics. After more than 15 years of work on environmental performance measurement and six iterations of the EPI, global data are still lacking on a number of key environmental issues. These include: freshwater quality, toxic chemical exposures, municipal solid waste management, nuclear safety, wetlands loss, agricultural soil quality and degradation, recycling rates, adaptation, vulnerability, and resiliency to climate change, desertification.
    • अगस्त 2011
      Source: Multiple Sources
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Select Dataset
      A compilation of monthly closing stock indices for major stock exchanges across the World. This dataset is updated on a monthly basis.
    • अक्तूबर 2019
      Source: Australian Bureau of Statistics
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 07 अक्तूबर, 2019
      Select Dataset
      The estimated resident population (ERP) is the official measure of the Australian population. This dataset contains annual ERP by country of birth, age and sex at the Australia level. At the state/territory level it is available for Census years only. Population_Estimates:_Concepts,_Sources_and_Methods_2009
    • फरवरी 2019
      Source: Australian Bureau of Statistics
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 18 फरवरी, 2019
      Select Dataset
      The estimated resident population (ERP) is the official measure of the Australian population. This dataset contains annual ERP by country of birth, age and sex at the Australia level. At the state/territory level it is available for Census years only.
    • नवम्बर 2016
      Source: Eurostat
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 30 नवम्बर, 2016
      Select Dataset
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • नवम्बर 2016
      Source: Eurostat
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 04 दिसम्बर, 2016
      Select Dataset
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • मई 2012
      Source: Eurostat
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 28 नवम्बर, 2015
      Select Dataset
      The Scoreboard has been prepared from companies' annual reports and accounts received by an independent data provider.
    • सितम्बर 2015
      Source: Multiple Sources
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 10 सितम्बर, 2015
      Select Dataset
    • नवम्बर 2016
      Source: Eurostat
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 30 नवम्बर, 2016
      Select Dataset
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trade marks constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trade marks reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trade mark data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of Trade marks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. This domain provides users with data concerning European Union Trade marks. European Union Trade marks refer to trade mark protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The European Union Intellectual Property Office (EUIPO) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of European Union Trade marks and Designs. A European Union Trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with EUIPO in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the EUTM Regulations (Source: EUIPO).
    • नवम्बर 2016
      Source: Eurostat
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 03 दिसम्बर, 2016
      Select Dataset
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trade marks constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trade marks reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trade mark data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of Trade marks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. This domain provides users with data concerning European Union Trade marks. European Union Trade marks refer to trade mark protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The European Union Intellectual Property Office (EUIPO) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of European Union Trade marks and Designs. A European Union Trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with EUIPO in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the EUTM Regulations (Source: EUIPO).
    • नवम्बर 2016
      Source: Eurostat
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 03 दिसम्बर, 2016
      Select Dataset
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trade marks constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trade marks reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trade mark data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of Trade marks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. This domain provides users with data concerning European Union Trade marks. European Union Trade marks refer to trade mark protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The European Union Intellectual Property Office (EUIPO) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of European Union Trade marks and Designs. A European Union Trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with EUIPO in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the EUTM Regulations (Source: EUIPO).
    • नवम्बर 2016
      Source: Eurostat
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 30 नवम्बर, 2016
      Select Dataset
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trade marks constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trade marks reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trade mark data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of Trade marks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. This domain provides users with data concerning European Union Trade marks. European Union Trade marks refer to trade mark protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The European Union Intellectual Property Office (EUIPO) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of European Union Trade marks and Designs. A European Union Trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with EUIPO in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the EUTM Regulations (Source: EUIPO).
    • नवम्बर 2016
      Source: Eurostat
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 30 नवम्बर, 2016
      Select Dataset
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trade marks constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trade marks reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trade mark data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of Trade marks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. This domain provides users with data concerning European Union Trade marks. European Union Trade marks refer to trade mark protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The European Union Intellectual Property Office (EUIPO) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of European Union Trade marks and Designs. A European Union Trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with EUIPO in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the EUTM Regulations (Source: EUIPO).
    • अक्तूबर 2015
      Source: International Monetary Fund
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 22 अक्तूबर, 2015
      Select Dataset
      Recent exchange rate movements have been unusually large, triggering a debate regarding their likely effects on trade. Historical experience in advanced and emerging market and developing economies suggests that exchange rate movements typically have sizable effects on export and import volumes. A 10 percent real effective depreciation in an economy’s currency is associated with a rise in real net exports of, on average, 1.5 percent of GDP, with substantial cross-country variation around this average. Although these effects fully materialize over a number of years, much of the adjustment occurs in the first year. The boost to exports associated with currency depreciation is found to be largest in countries with initial economic slack and with domestic financial systems that are operating normally. Some evidence suggests that the rise of global value chains has weakened the relationship between exchange rates and trade in intermediate products used as inputs into other economies’ exports. However, the bulk of global trade still consists of conventional trade, and there is little evidence of a general trend toward disconnect between exchange rates and total exports and imports.
    • सितम्बर 2019
      Source: InterNations
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 18 सितम्बर, 2019
      Select Dataset
      In its sixth year, Expat Insider, one of the world’s largest and most comprehensive surveys on life abroad, has set yet another record: 20,259 participants from around the globe shared their experiences in 2019. Together, they represent 182 nationalities and are scattered across 187 countries or territories. Although a few destinations attract a majority of expats — three in ten live in Germany, the USA, Switzerland, the UK, or the UAE — the Expat Insider 2019 survey also includes responses from more unusual expat destinations such as Aruba, Turkmenistan, or Vanuatu.
    • मई 2019
      Source: U.S. Department of Agriculture
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 06 अगस्त, 2019
      Select Dataset
      The Dataset contain data on expenditures on food (including nonalcoholic beverages), alcoholic beverages, and tobacco as a share of consumer expenditures on all goods and services for 86 countries. The tables also contain data on per capita consumer expenditures on goods and services, as well as per capita food expenditures for these countries. Data is available for the 104 countries for which this type of information is currently available in the source database, Euromonitor International. All expenditure data are in current U.S. dollars.
    • अगस्त 2017
      Source: Ministry of Statistics and Programme Implementation, India
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 15 अक्तूबर, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Title: Export Growth and Share in World Exports for India and Other Countries   Description: Export Value, Export growth rate, and share in world exports for India and other countries have been furnished in the data. Exporting is the act of producing goods or services in one country and selling or trading them to another country.   Released Under: National Data Sharing and Accessibility Policy (NDSAP)   Contributor: Ministry of Statistics and Programme Implementation   Keywords: Export; Growth; Rate; World   Group: Import Export   Sectors: Statistics; All   Note: EDEs stand for emerging and developing economies. Original Data Source: Computed from IMF, International Financial Statistics, March 2013 and published in Statistical Year Book-2014 by MoSPI.
    • मार्च 2017
      Source: Statistics Bureau of Japan
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 08 जनवरी, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Statistics Name: Current Survey of Supply and Demand for Petroleum Products Annual Report Petroleum Products Import and Export of Petroleum Products/Monthly Export by Area and Country F.Y.
    • मार्च 2017
      Source: Statistics Bureau of Japan
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 21 जून, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Statistics Name: Current Survey of Supply and Demand for Petroleum Products Annual Report Petroleum Products Import and Export of Petroleum Products/Monthly Export by Area and Country Month
    • फरवरी 2015
      Source: World Integrated Trade Solution
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 04 जनवरी, 2019
      Select Dataset
      The Export of Value Added (EVA) dataset illustrates the strength of economy- wide linkages. It provides data on how value added structures and services linkages to trade have evolved over time. Thanks to repeated updating of the GTAP dataset, we have data for both cross border linkages in recent years, and how these have changed since the early 1990s. This serves as the basis for the database, which builds on Christen, Francois, and Hoekman (2012) and Francois, Manchin, and Tomberger (2012). We work with a panel of global input-output data (a set of global social accounting matrices spanning intermittent years from 1992 to 2011) that covers not only key OECD economies, but also a range of developing countries as well. Sector_GMatrix:  This matrix contains the total domestic value added based on linkages. Depending whether rows or columns are considered its sum corresponds to forward (row) or backward (colunn) linkages. Thus reading a row for a given sector (sector presented on the y-axis) provides information about how much this sector went into each sector (on the x-axis) as inputs DomVAshare: This vector denotes the domestic share of value added of gross value of output per sector. GXshare: Denotes the share of each sector in total exports per country based on the gross value of exports. DXshare: Denotes the share of each sector’s exports of total exports per country based on direct value added, ignoring linkages. VXsharefwd: Denotes the total value added in exports based on forward linkages per sector and country. VXsharebwd: Denotes the total value added in exports based on backward linkages. It is obtained by taking the column-sums of matrix H.
    • जनवरी 2019
      Source: Statistics Mauritius
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 29 जनवरी, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Data cited at: https://mauritius.opendataforafrica.org/sibqotb Quarterly survey of employment among all EOE is done on a quarterly basis and the reference date is the last Thursday of the last month of the reference quarter. Exports and imports data are obtained on a monthly basis from the Customs Department of the Mauritius Revenue Authority. Details on the compilation method and procedures are available in the quarterly Economic and Social Indicator entitled 'Export Oriented Enterprises' at http://statsmauritius.govmu.org/English/StatsbySubj/Pages/Manufacturing.aspx.
    • मई 2016
      Source: World Bank
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 25 अप्रैल, 2019
      Select Dataset
    • मई 2019
      Source: United Nations Conference on Trade and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 30 जुलाई, 2019
      Select Dataset
      This table presents annual statistics on international trade in services of individual economies by trading partner and by 78 selected service categories. In addition, the table contains data for services trade of various groups of economies with "world" and for selected principal service categories. The data presented are the result of the common work of UNCTAD, World Trade Organization (WTO) and International Trade Center (ITC).
    • अप्रैल 2019
      Source: U.S. Department of Commerce, International Trade Administration
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 23 अप्रैल, 2019
      Select Dataset
      US: Exports and Imports of New Passenger Vehicles and Light Trucks 2019.
    • जनवरी 2018
      Source: National Agency of Statistics and Demography, Senegal
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 06 फरवरी, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Data cited at: https://senegal.opendataforafrica.org/fgdknqb Definition: Special export trade records exports as a simple outflow of goods, products re-exported as a temporary landfill, temporary exports, exports at the end of the industrial warehouse, exports ex-factory exerted. Methodology: The processing of foreign trade data is done with reference to Decision N ° 06/96 / CM / UEMOA of 14 May 1996 on the creation and codification of Customs, Statistical and Tax Regimes in WAEMU and Regulation N ° 03 / 2004 / CM / UEMOA of July 5, 2004 fixing the modalities for drawing up the foreign trade statistics of WAEMU Member States. External trade statistics are broken down by product according to the international nomenclature of the Harmonized System (10-digit code) and according to the partner country table (origin, destination). A Committee for the monitoring of external trade statistics, including representatives of the BCEAO National Agency, ANSD, DTAI, DGD and the Directorate of Foreign Trade, was set up to regularly rule on the problems related to the production of the data. This committee is currently meeting when needed. The data disseminated for Senegal's foreign trade correspond to the special trade statistics (FOB (Freight on Board), CIF (Freight Insurance Cost)) exports, as defined in the UN Global Standard on Foreign Trade Statistics. . The Harmonized System (HS) of the World Customs Organization (WCO) is the nomenclature used for product registration. Scope: Foreign trade statistics record all merchandise trade between a given statistical territory and each of the other statistical territories. Statistical territory means any territory subject to the same customs control. In practice, statistical territories are identified by geographical codes. ANSD collects, produces and disseminates official foreign trade statistics from raw data provided by the General Directorate of Customs of the Ministry of Economy, Finance and Planning on a monthly basis.
    • मार्च 2019
      Source: Statistics Canada
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 13 मार्च, 2019
      Select Dataset
    • सितम्बर 2019
      Source: Department of Statistics, Singapore
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 13 सितम्बर, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Prior to January 2003, merchandise trade data excludes Singapore's merchandise trade with Indonesia.
    • दिसम्बर 2014
      Source: Department of Statistics, Jordan
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 20 मई, 2019
      Select Dataset
    • मई 2019
      Source: Statistics Norway
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 17 मई, 2019
      Select Dataset
      If a search in the StatBank does not return any result, this does not necessarily mean that there is no trade or that the country code is not valid in the particular period. A zero (0) could also imply that the figures are confidential or that the value is less than half of the unit used. From 2006 on the following countries had their belonging to continent changed - Cyprus from Asia to Europe, and Armenia, Georgia, Kyrgyzstan, Kazakhstan, Tajikistan, Turkmenistan and Uzbekistan from Europe to Asia. The total for Trade are/continent includes this change - while in the selections of countries in the pull-down menu for European/Asian countries it is the present classification that will be shown for the whole time period (Cypros belonging to Europe and the other countries to Asia). Statistics Norway do not publish figures for the trade region previously Comecon after 2011. For more information, see About the statistics Monthly figures are released on the 15th of the month after the observation period (the previous month), or the first subsequent working day. These figures are preliminary. Corresponding yearly figures are published together with the monthly figures for December. With regard to the current year, all the monthly figures are updated in every publication. Final figures for the preceding year are released twice. For the first time in May the following year, while the corrected final figures are published in May one year later. country EU Croatia is included in the trade with the EU from 2014 on. Palestine (2013-) Previously: West Bank/Gaza Stripe (2001-2012)
    • अक्तूबर 2019
      Source: Statistics Norway
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 15 अक्तूबर, 2019
      Select Dataset
      If a search in the StatBank does not return any result, this does not necessarily mean that there is no trade or that the country code is not valid in the particular period. A zero (0) could also imply that the figures are confidential or that the value is less than half of the unit used. From 2006 on the following countries had their belonging to continent changed - Cyprus from Asia to Europe, and Armenia, Georgia, Kyrgyzstan, Kazakhstan, Tajikistan, Turkmenistan and Uzbekistan from Europe to Asia. The total for Trade are/continent includes this change - while in the selections of countries in the pull-down menu for European/Asian countries it is the present classification that will be shown for the whole time period (Cypros belonging to Europe and the other countries to Asia). Statistics Norway do not publish figures for the trade region previously Comecon after 2011. For more information, see About the statistics Monthly figures are released on the 15th of the month after the observation period (the previous month), or the first subsequent working day. These figures are preliminary. Corresponding yearly figures are published together with the monthly figures for December. With regard to the current year, all the monthly figures are updated in every publication. Final figures for the preceding year are released twice. For the first time in May the following year, while the corrected final figures are published in May one year later. country EU Croatia is included in the trade with the EU from 2014 on. Palestine (2013-) Previously: West Bank/Gaza Stripe (2001-2012)
    • जुलाई 2019
      Source: State Statistical Office, Republic of North Macedonia
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 10 जुलाई, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Methodological explanationsSymbols usedSource: State Statistical Office, Year 2018M12, preliminary data
    • अक्तूबर 2019
      Source: State Statistical Office, Republic of North Macedonia
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 13 अक्तूबर, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Methodological explanationsSymbols used Source: State Statistical Office Year 2018 preliminary data
    • दिसम्बर 2018
      Source: Statistics Denmark
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 16 अगस्त, 2019
      Select Dataset
    • दिसम्बर 2015
      Source: National Center for Statistics and Economic Studies, Republic of Congo
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 12 जुलाई, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Data cited at: https://rcongo.opendataforafrica.org/TREOC2015 This Dataset describes the list of common indicators from Trade External Data Of Congo
    • जून 2019
      Source: Maximiliano Herrera's Human Rights Site
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 17 सितम्बर, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Data cited at: Maximiliano Herrera's Human Rights Site    Fahrenheit values calculated using formula. Fahrenheit  T(°F) = T(°C) × 9/5 + 32 for Country data calculated average for each country locations.
  • F
    • मई 2018
      Source: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 22 मार्च, 2019
      Select Dataset
      The dataset includes data on gross and net production indices for various food and agriculture aggregates expressed in both totals and per capita.
    • जुलाई 2019
      Source: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 24 जुलाई, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Following the recommendation of experts gathered in the Committee on World Food Security (CFS) Round Table on hunger measurement, hosted at FAO headquarters in September 2011, an initial set of indicators aiming to capture various aspects of food insecurity is presented here. The choice of the indicators has been informed by expert judgment and the availability of data with sufficient coverage to enable comparisons across regions and over time. Many of these indicators are produced and published elsewhere by FAO and other international organizations. They are reported here in a single database with the aim of building a wide food security information system. More indicators will be added to this set as more data will become available.
    • नवम्बर 2018
      Source: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 22 मार्च, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Value of gross production has been compiled by multiplying gross production in physical terms by output prices at farm gate. Thus, value of production measures production in monetary terms at the farm gate level. Since intermediate uses within the agricultural sector (seed and feed) have not been subtracted from production data, this value of production aggregate refers to the notion of "gross production". Value of gross production is provided in both current and constant terms and is expressed in US dollars and Standard Local Currency (SLC). The current value of production measures value in the prices relating to the period being measured. Thus, it represents the market value of food and agricultural products at the time they were produced. Knowing this figure is helpful in understanding exactly what was happening within a given economy at that point in time. Often, this information can help explain economic trends that emerged in later periods and why they took place. Value of production in constant terms is derived using the average prices of a selected year or years, known as the base period. Constant price series can be used to show how the quantity or volume of products has changed, and are often referred to as volume measures. The ratio of the current and constant price series gives a measure of price movements. US dollar figures for value of gross production are converted from local currencies using official exchange rates as prevailing in the respective years. The SLC of a country is the local currency prevailing in the latest year. Expressing data series in one uniform currency is useful because it avoids the influence of revaluation in local currency, if any, on value of production
    • अगस्त 2019
      Source: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 16 अक्तूबर, 2019
      Select Dataset
      The Fertilizers by Product dataset contains information on product amounts for the Production, Trade, Agriculture Use and Other Uses of chemical and mineral fertilizers products, over the time series 2002-present. The fertilizer statistics data are validated separately for a set of over thirty individual products. Both straight and compound fertilizers are included.
    • अक्तूबर 2011
      Source: Food and Agricultural Policy Research Institute
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 25 दिसम्बर, 2012
      Select Dataset
      FAPRI U.S. and World Outlook presents multi-year projections for the United States and world agricultural sectors. These projections serve as a baseline for evaluating and comparing alternative macroeconomic, policy, weather, and technological scenarios. These reports have been produced annually and used by congressional and agricultural leaders since 1985.
    • अक्तूबर 2019
      Source: International Labour Organization
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 15 अक्तूबर, 2019
      Select Dataset
      The incidence rate is the average number of new cases of fatal occupational injury during the calendar year per 100,000 workers in the reference group. Data are presented disaggregated by sex and economic activity, according to the latest version available of the International Standard Industrial Classification of all Economic Activities (ISIC).
    • अक्तूबर 2019
      Source: International Labour Organization
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 13 अक्तूबर, 2019
      Select Dataset
      The incidence rate is the average number of new cases of fatal occupational injury during the calendar year per 100,000 workers in the reference group.
    • दिसम्बर 2017
      Source: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 22 मार्च, 2019
      Select Dataset
      The dataset contains data on Import and Export Value (expressed in 1000 USD) for a selected list of fertilizers, from 1961 on wards. Country and country aggregate data are available. The fertilizers covered are: Nitrogenous fertilizers; Phosphate fertilizers; Potash fertilizers; Fertilizers Manufactured, nes; Fertilizers, Organic; Natural Phosphates; Natural Potassic Salts; Natural Sodium Nitrate.
    • सितम्बर 2019
      Source: Statistics Finland
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 20 सितम्बर, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Data cited at: Statistics Finland http://www.stat.fi/index_en.html Publication: 004 -- International trade in services by region, 1 000 000 euros http://pxnet2.stat.fi/PXWeb/pxweb/en/StatFin/StatFin__kan__tpulk/statfin_tpulk_pxt_004.px License: http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ The statistics on international trade in goods and services cover international trade in balance of payments terms on the quarterly level. The statistics form a link for goods trade in customs and balance of payments terms, describe the breakdown of quarterly trade in services, and indicate the total exports of goods and services by area. . = Category not applicable. .. = Data not available or too uncertain for presentation, or subject to secrecy. Description of statistics Concepts and definitionsRegion Region and statesYear Year.Data Import The value of imports, 1 000 000 euros.Export The value of exports, 1 000 000 euros.
    • अक्तूबर 2017
      Source: U.S. Department of Commerce, Bureau of Economic Analysis
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 27 नवम्बर, 2017
      Select Dataset
      First Year Expenditures and Planned Total Expenditures for Investments Initiated in 2016, Country of UBO by Type of Investment
    • अक्तूबर 2019
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 09 अक्तूबर, 2019
      Select Dataset
      The dataset Fisheries International collaboration in technology development (bilateral) provides the number of co-inventions (simple patent families) developed jointly by at least two inventors. This indicator is disaggregated by: Country - country of residence of the inventor(s), integral counted; in cases when inventors from more than two countries collaborate, this is translated into distinct bilateral relationships between country pairs. For example, if inventors from 3 countries collaborate (e.g. USA, DEU, JPN) then a unit count is assigned to 6 country pairs (USA-DEU, USA-JPN, DEU-JPN, DEU-USA, JPN-USA, JPN-DEU); in this case a country generally coordinate the project and the others are partners. Partner – country of residence of the inventor(s) who collaborate to the patent. Technology domain – the three main areas of innovation in fisheries and aquaculture, related to technology development. In detail: 1. Harvesting technology such as more effective ways to find or harvest fish and which are typically associated with improvements in catch per unit of effort (e.g. type/size of vessels and their methods of propulsion, search technologies, method of catching or harvesting fish and bringing them on board); 2.Aquaculture technology such as methods to more effectively grow fish in captivity (innovation in feeds, improving the health of aquaculture animals, etc.); 3. New products and markets such as the development of new fish products and markets (food technologies/processing such as the development of surimi as a crabmeat substitute) and the improvement of market access (secure or enlarge markets for fish products) that provides important incentives for green growth (e.g. eco-certification with fishers adopting by-catch saving technologies or modifying fishing practices and/or territorial user rights in fisheries).
    • मार्च 2019
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 13 मार्च, 2019
      Select Dataset
      The OECD FISH Unit, in collaboration with the Environment Directorate and the Directorate for Science, Technology and Innovation, has developed patent-based innovation indicators that are suitable for tracking developments in fisheries-related technologies. The search strategy for fisheries and aquaculture related technologies adopts a mixed solution with a definition of the technical field of interest in fisheries and aquaculture innovation complemented by keywords, e.g. by looking for keywords in the International Patent Classification (IPC) codes and checking manually the relevance of the results in the text of patents (in the title, the abstract, etc). Technology domains are detailed in the ANNEX attached below. The indicators allow the assessment of countries' and firms' innovative performance as well as the design of governments' fisheries, aquaculture and innovation policies.
    • अक्तूबर 2019
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 09 अक्तूबर, 2019
      Select Dataset
      The Fisheries R&D expenditures dataset contains the budgetary expenditures in research and development on total budgetary FSE. Three variables are presented in this dataset:  • R&D expenditures - they are budgetary expenditures that finance research and development activities related to fisheries, irrespective of the institution (private or public, ministry, university, research centre or fisher group) or where they take place, the nature of research (scientific, institutional, etc.), or its purpose. The focus is on research and development expenditures on applied research related to the fisheries sector. Social-sciences research related to fisheries is included. It is also included data dissemination when associated primarily with research and development (knowledge generation), e.g. reports from research and databases developed as an adjunct to research. •FISHERIES SUPPORT ESTIMATE - Budgetary - it is the annual monetary value of gross transfers from taxpayers to fishers arising from policy measures that support fisheries, regardless of their nature, objectives or impacts. Data on FSE are collected by the Fisheries Committee (COFI) from the Trade and Agriculture Directorate (TAD) on an annual basis from all its participating countries. Data are provided by Fisheries Ministries, National Statistics Offices and other institution designated as an official data source. The original financial data is collected in national currency at current values; they are converted and published also in US dollars, for analytical purposes and to allow data comparisons. • Share of R&D expenditures on FSE - it is the share of budgetary research and development expenditures on total budgetary FSE. Please notice that total budgetary FSE is defined ‘net’, i.e. it is adjusted for costs incurred by fishers in order to receive the support. Whenever these costs are of significant amount, total budgetary FSE becomes remarkably low or negative. The corresponding share of research and development expenditures turns into a percentage exceptionally high or negative.
    • अक्तूबर 2019
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 08 अक्तूबर, 2019
      Select Dataset
      The OECD Fisheries Support Estimates (FSE) database is intended to be the best source of information on fisheries policies in OECD members and participating non-OECD economies.   It is designed to monitor and quantify developments in fisheries policy, to establish a common basis for policy dialogue among countries, and to provide economic data to assess the effectiveness and efficiency of policies.   These tables report country programmes data aggregated according to the main categories presented in the FSE Manual.   More detailed documentation on country programmes can be found in country-level metadata; more data on country programmes can be found in the full dataset (Excel Format - link provided below). Statistics are organized in pivot tables to make possible cross-country comparisons and to filter disaggregated policy-level data by policy implementation criteria and country.   The FSE data collection is part of the more comprehensive data gathering carried out on an annual basis by the Fisheries Committee (COFI) of the Trade and Agriculture Directorate (TAD) from OECD members and participating non-OECD economies.   Data on landings, aquaculture production, inland fisheries catch, fleet, employment, total allowable catch (TAC) and fisheries support estimate (FSE) are collected from Fisheries Ministries, National Statistics Offices and other institutions designated as an official data source. The surveys used for this exercise are the OECD Fisheries questionnaires.
    • मार्च 2019
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 14 मार्च, 2019
      Select Dataset
      The OECD FISH Unit, in collaboration with the Environment Directorate and the Directorate for Science, Technology and Innovation, has developed patent-based innovation indicators that are suitable for tracking developments in fisheries-related technologies. The search strategy for fisheries and aquaculture related technologies adopts a mixed solution with a definition of the technical field of interest in fisheries and aquaculture innovation complemented by keywords, e.g. by looking for keywords in the International Patent Classification (IPC) codes and checking manually the relevance of the results in the text of patents (in the title, the abstract, etc). Technology domains are detailed in the ANNEX attached below. The indicators allow the assessment of countries' and firms' innovative performance as well as the design of governments' fisheries, aquaculture and innovation policies.
    • सितम्बर 2017
      Source: United Nations World Food Programme
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 21 दिसम्बर, 2017
      Select Dataset
      IRMA is computed on one representative ton of the food aid basket the user has selected. The "representativity" of the ton comes from the fact that the shares of the commodities are the same as those in the total selected food basket. Therefore it can be used for comparisons among food aid baskets of different size and in understanding how much of their difference in nutritional content is due to the absolute value in metric tons of the donations and how much is due to the nutritional qualities of food delivered.   IRMA, IRMAs and IRMAt provide only information on their 'nutritional potential' of meeting average requirements.
    • सितम्बर 2017
      Source: United Nations World Food Programme
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 21 दिसम्बर, 2017
      Select Dataset
      The energy intake of a human being is the only one among the nutrients that cannot in the short run be renounced without putting at immediate risk the possibility of survival itself. A lack of other nutrients increases susceptibility to infections and slows cognitive development and growth, contributing to poorer school performance and reduced work productivity. These effects are largely irreversible and long term, particularly when they occur at a young age. For these reasons, the IRMAs computation takes the content of Energy as a benchmark to compare with the other nutrients' content. For the calculation of IRMAs, we start with the IRMA values for each nutrient. IRMA of a nutrient counts the number of average individuals that could potentially be satisfied by the nutrient contained in a ton of food aid.   IRMA, IRMAs and IRMAt provide only information on their 'nutritional potential' of meeting average requirements.
    • सितम्बर 2017
      Source: United Nations World Food Programme
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 21 दिसम्बर, 2017
      Select Dataset
      IRMAt (Individual Requirements Met on Average, Total) can be considered an alternative measure for food aid deliveries. By knowing how many tons of which commodity are contained in the food aid basket, it is easy to compute how many micrograms of nutrients there are in the overall basket. But, a measure like that would not be easy to interpret. Furthermore, each nutrient is measured in a different unit (for example, vitamin C is measured in micrograms and fat is measured in grams). IRMAt 'standardizes' the nutritional content of food aid by taking it as a percentage of human nutritional requirements. IRMAt of a nutrient is nothing but the number of individual requirements that could potentially be met on an annual basis by the total food aid deliveries selected. IRMAt values are descriptive of a food aid basket and are dependent on the absolute value in tonnage. They give information that reflects both nutritional content and the size of the food aid deliveries. From this point of view IRMAt can be considered a unit of measurement for food aid flows: it measures food aid basket by the number of average individuals that its nutritional content could potentially satisfy.   IRMA, IRMAs and IRMAt provide only information on their 'nutritional potential' of meeting average requirements.
    • दिसम्बर 2017
      Source: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 26 जून, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Food Balance Sheet presents a comprehensive picture of the pattern of a country's food supply during a specified reference period. The food balance sheet shows for each food item - i.e. each primary commodity and a number of processed commodities potentially available for human consumption - the sources of supply and its utilization. The total quantity of foodstuffs produced in a country added to the total quantity imported and adjusted to any change in stocks that may have occurred since the beginning of the reference period gives the supply available during that period. On the utilization side a distinction is made between the quantities exported, fed to livestock, used for seed, put to manufacture for food use and non-food uses, losses during storage and transportation, and food supplies available for human consumption. The per caput supply of each such food item available for human consumption is then obtained by dividing the respective quantity by the related data on the population actually partaking of it. Data on per caput food supplies are expressed in terms of quantity and - by applying appropriate food composition factors for all primary and processed products - also in terms of caloric value and protein and fat content.
    • जनवरी 2018
      Source: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 26 जून, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Commodity balances show balances of food and agricultural commodities in a standardized form. The scope of standardization is to present these data in a less detailed form for a selected number of commodities without causing any significant loss of the basic variables monitoring the agricultural sector. The selected commodities include the equivalents of their derived products falling in the same commodity group, but exclude the equivalents of by-products and derived commodities, which through processing, change their nature and become part of different commodity groups. A number of commodity/item aggregates have been included to offer synthetic information. Some of these are included with the aim of simplifying the extraction of all component commodities. Data shown in the item aggregates represent the sum of the component commodities as presented in this domain (standardized form). Commodity coverage: The commodity list in this domain has been generally confined to primary commodities - except for sugar, oils and fats and beverages. Whenever possible trade in processed commodities is expressed in the originating primary commodity equivalent. Rice is expressed in milled equivalent.
    • फरवरी 2018
      Source: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 26 जून, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Food supply data is some of the most important data in FAOSTAT. In fact, this data is for the basis for estimation of global and national undernourishment assessment, when it is combined with parameters and other data sets. This data has been the foundation of food balance sheets ever since they were first constructed. The data is accessed by both business and governments for economic analysis and policy setting, as well as being used by the academic community.
    • जनवरी 2018
      Source: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 26 जून, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Food supply data is some of the most important data in FAOSTAT. In fact, this data is for the basis for estimation of global and national undernourishment assessment, when it is combined with parameters and other data sets. This data has been the foundation of food balance sheets ever since they were first constructed. The data is accessed by both business and governments for economic analysis and policy setting, as well as being used by the academic community.
    • जुलाई 2019
      Source: United Nations Conference on Trade and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 09 अगस्त, 2019
      Select Dataset
    • अगस्त 2019
      Source: Department for Promotion of Industry and Internal Trade, India
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 30 सितम्बर, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Foreign Direct Investment, Sector Wise in India
    • जून 2019
      Source: Department of Statistics, Malaysia
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 26 जुलाई, 2019
      Select Dataset
    • मई 2019
      Source: Open Data Platform, Mexico
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 14 जून, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Foreign Direct Investment (FDI) flows to Mexico, by country of origin, type of investment, economic sector and by state, by economic activity destination. FDI as a percentage of gross fixed capital formation. Unit: USD millions. Frequency: Quarterly. 1999-2018.
    • सितम्बर 2019
      Source: Department of Statistics, Singapore
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 16 सितम्बर, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Foreign Direct Investment In Singapore By Country/Region And Major Industry (Stock As At Year-End), Annual 'na' denotes 'not available' or 'not applicable'. '-' denotes 'nil' or 'negligible' or 'not significant'. The industries are classified according to Singapore Standard Industrial Classification 2015 (Version 2018).
    • सितम्बर 2018
      Source: U.S. Department of Commerce, Bureau of Economic Analysis
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 26 मार्च, 2019
      Select Dataset
      The activities of multinational enterprises statistics available here provide a picture of the overall activities of U.S. affiliates of foreign parents and contain a wide variety of indicators of their financial structure and operations. These statistics cover items that are needed in analyzing the characteristics, performance, and economic impact of MNEs, and are obtained from mandatory surveys of U.S. affiliates of foreign parents conducted by BEA.
    • अप्रैल 2019
      Source: National Statistical Office of Mongolia
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 11 अक्तूबर, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Direct investment arises when an investor resident in one economy makes an investment that gives control or a significant degree of influence on the management of an enterprise that is resident in another economy. Portfolio investment is defined as cross border transactions and positions involving debt or equity securities, other than those included in direct investment or reserve assets.
    • अप्रैल 2019
      Source: National Statistical Office of Mongolia
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 11 अक्तूबर, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Direct investment arises when an investor resident in one economy makes an investment that gives control or a significant degree of influence on the management of an enterprise that is resident in another economy. FDI net inflows are the value of inward direct investment made by non-resident investors in the reporting economy
    • जुलाई 2019
      Source: United Nations Conference on Trade and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 13 अगस्त, 2019
      Select Dataset
      This dataset contains information on foreign direct investment (FDI) inward and outward flows and stock, expressed in millions of dollars. Foreign direct investment (FDI) is an investment made by a resident enterprise in one economy (direct investor or parent enterprise) with the objective of establishing a lasting interest in an enterprise that is resident in another economy (direct investment enterprise or foreign affiliate). The lasting interest implies the existence of a long-term relationship between the direct investor and the direct investment enterprise and a significant degree of influence on the management of the enterprise. The ownership of 10% or more of the voting power of a direct investment enterprise by a direct investor is evidence of such a relationship. FDI flows comprise mainly three components:acquisition or disposal of equity capital. FDI includes the initial equity transaction that meets the 10% threshold and all subsequent financial transactions and positions between the direct investor and the direct investment enterprise;reinvestment of earnings which are not distributed as dividends;inter-company debt.   FDI flows are transactions recorded during the reference period (typically year or quarter). FDI stocks are the accumulated value held at the end of the reference period (typically year or quarter). In 2014, many countries implemented the new guidelines for the compilation of FDI data based on the Sixth edition of the Balance of Payments and International Investment Position Manual (BPM6) and the Fourth edition of OECD Benchmark Definition of Foreign Direct Investment (BD4). One of the major changes introduced in BPM6 and BD4 is the presentation of FDI statistics on an asset/liability basis instead of the directional principle (as recommended by the previous editions of these guidelines). On an asset/liability basis, direct investment statistics are organized according to whether the investment relates to an asset or a liability for the reporting country. Under the directional principle, the direct investment statistics are organized according to the direction of the investment for the reporting country - either inward or outward. The two presentations differ in their treatment of reverse investment (reverse investment is when an affiliate provides loans to its parent). Under the directional presentation, reverse investment is subtracted to derive the total outward or inward investment of the reporting economy. Therefore, FDI statistics on an asset/liability basis tends to be higher than those under the directional principle, but such is not always the case. While the presentation on an asset/liability basis is appropriate for macroeconomic analysis (i.e. the impact on the balance of payments), the presentation on directional principle is more appropriate to assist policymakers and government officials to formulate investment policies. This is because the presentation of the FDI data on directional basis reflects the direction of influence by the foreign direct investor underlying the direct investment: inward or outward direct investment. FDI data in this table are on directional principle, unless otherwise indicated.
    • अप्रैल 2018
      Source: Statistics Centre of Abu Dhabi
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 08 मई, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Note: 2017 values are Preliminary Estimates.
    • अप्रैल 2019
      Source: Ministry of Foreign Affairs, Myanmar
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 27 सितम्बर, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Investment Statistics of Myanmar
    • जनवरी 2017
      Source: Eurostat
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 16 जनवरी, 2017
      Select Dataset
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • जनवरी 2017
      Source: Eurostat
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 16 जनवरी, 2017
      Select Dataset
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • अगस्त 2018
      Source: General Authority for Statistics, Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
      Uploaded by: Shakthi Krishnan
      Accessed On: 10 सितम्बर, 2018
      Select Dataset
    • जून 2019
      Source: Ministry of Finance, R.O.C. (Taiwan)
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 27 जून, 2019
      Select Dataset
      The statistics cover only goods exported to and imported from the economic territory of the Republic of China (Taiwan, Penghu, Kinmen and Matsu). Fish caught and sold overseas by national fishing vessels are also included in exports.Total Exports = Exports + Re-exports, Total Imports = Imports + Re-imports.Exports/re-exports is based on F.O.B. value. Imports/re-imports is based on C.I.F value.The same currency exchange rate from NT dollar to US dollar is applied to either imports/re-imports or exports/re-exports, which is the midpoint between selling and buying rates announced by Customs every 10 days in a month for filling Customs declaration purpose.Notes:  1. Prior to 2015, the value of exports includes bunker oil for the use of national vessels, aircrafts and other means of conveyance engaged in international trade. 2. Prior to 1998, the value of exports and imports by Continent/Country excludes re-exports and re-imports.   2019 values are year to date
    • अक्तूबर 2019
      Source: U.S. Census Bureau
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 11 अक्तूबर, 2019
      Select Dataset
    • मई 2018
      Source: World Trade Organization
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 23 अप्रैल, 2019
      Select Dataset
      World Bank/WTO/UNCTAD - Annual Trade in Services Dataset
    • अक्तूबर 2019
      Source: Banco Nacional de Angola
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 11 अक्तूबर, 2019
      Select Dataset
    • सितम्बर 2019
      Source: Bahrain Open Data Portal
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 03 अक्तूबर, 2019
      Select Dataset
      The dataset provided by the iGA via http://www.data.gov.bh and terms of use available at http://www.data.gov.bh/en/TermsOfUse . To the full extent permitted by law the iGA is not liable for any damage or loss of any kind caused directly or indirectly by the use of the datasets or any derived analyses or application
    • जनवरी 2019
      Source: German Chemicals Industry Association
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 19 फरवरी, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Chemistry facts and figures of Foreign Trade, Germany Facts and figures for chemistry (2017), Foreign Trade
    • दिसम्बर 2018
      Source: National Institute of Statistics of Djibouti
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 13 सितम्बर, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Foreign Trade of Djibouti
    • जुलाई 2019
      Source: National Bank of Ethiopia
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 23 सितम्बर, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Direction of Trade of Ethiopia
    • दिसम्बर 2018
      Source: Economic Timeseries Database-Economic Research and Policy Department, Central Bank of the Islamic Republic of Iran
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 29 मार्च, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Foreign Trade, Iran
    • सितम्बर 2019
      Source: Kuwait Central Statistical Bureau
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 09 अक्तूबर, 2019
      Select Dataset
    • दिसम्बर 2018
      Source: Liberia Institute of Statistics & Geo-Information Services
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 13 अगस्त, 2019
      Select Dataset
    • अगस्त 2018
      Source: National Bureau of Statistics, Maldives
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 07 जून, 2019
      Select Dataset
    • अगस्त 2019
      Source: Ministry of Development Planning and Statistics, Qatar
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 04 सितम्बर, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Qatar: Foreign Merchandise Trade The foreign trade data reflects a clear image of the stages of economical growth in the State of Qatar, as it shows the commodities flow in the shape of national exports, re-exports, and imports to / from different countries of the world. The foreign trade tables contains detailed data for visible imports by country of origin and Exports and Re-Exports by country of destination. The commodity tables are classified by sections and items of the Harmonized System (H.S.) issued by World Customs Organization, which was adapted according to GCC’s needs to meet the actual movement of foreign trade in the region, in addition to other statistical tables. The customs declaration entry issued by Customs Department is the main source of statistical information according to the Special Trade System adopted by the State of Qatar.
    • मई 2019
      Source: Saudi Arabian Monetary Agency
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 31 मई, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Data cited at: Saudi Arabian Monetary Agency-SAMA
    • नवम्बर 2018
      Source: Federal Competitiveness and Statistics Authority, United Arab Emirates
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 13 नवम्बर, 2018
      Select Dataset
      Data cited at: https://uaenumbers.fcsa.gov.ae/UAEITSS2018U3
    • अप्रैल 2019
      Source: Uganda Bureau of Statistics
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 23 जुलाई, 2019
      Select Dataset
    • अगस्त 2019
      Source: Statistics Sweden
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 21 अगस्त, 2019
      Select Dataset
      country of birthKosovo: 2008-03-04, Sweden declared Kosovos independence.country of birthData for countries with fewer than 100 persons in total are reported in the country group other countries of birth.Population for all countries of birth is reported in this table: Population by country of birth, age and sex.years since last immigrationYears since last immigration to Sweden is based on registered year of immigration. 0 years means that immigration to Sweden took place during the reference year, 1 year means that immigration took place the year before the reference year, etc.
    • अक्तूबर 2019
      Source: International Labour Organization
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 15 अक्तूबर, 2019
      Select Dataset
    • अगस्त 2019
      Source: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 16 अक्तूबर, 2019
      Select Dataset
      The database contains data on the production and trade in roundwood and primary wood and paper products for all countries and territories in the world. The main types of primary forest products included in are: roundwood, sawnwood, wood-based panels, pulp, and paper and paperboard. These products are detailed further. The definitions are available. The database contains details of the following topics: - Roundwood removals (production) by type of wood and assortment - Production and trade in roundwood, woodfuel and other basic products - Industrial roundwood by assortment and species - Sawnwood, panels and other primary products - Pulp and paper & paperboard. More detailed information on wood products, including definitions, can be found at http://www.fao.org/forestry/statistics/80572/en/
    • दिसम्बर 2016
      Source: Carbon Dioxide Information Analysis Center
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 17 मई, 2017
      Select Dataset
      World and National CO2 Emissions from Fossil-Fuel Burning, Cement Manufacture, and Gas Flaring. Source: Tom Boden, Gregg Marland and Bob Andres (Oak Ridge National Laboratory)
    • दिसम्बर 2018
      Source: Freedom House
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 07 मार्च, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Freedom in the World is Freedom House’s flagship annual report, assessing the condition of political rights and civil liberties around the world. It is composed of numerical ratings and supporting descriptive texts for many countries. Freedom in the World has been published since 1973, allowing Freedom House to track global trends in freedom over more than 40 years. It has become the most widely read and cited report of its kind, used on a regular basis by policymakers, journalists, academics, activists, and many others.
    • अप्रैल 2012
      Source: Agi Data
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Select Dataset
      Experts commonly support the notion that access to information is integral to the promotion of participation, transparency and accountability in any given society. A freedom of information framework aims at improving the efficiency of the government and increasing the transparency of its functioning by: 1. Regularly and reliably providing government documents to the public; 2. Educating the public on the significance of transparent government;3. Facilitating appropriate and relevant use of information in the lives of individuals
    • अप्रैल 2017
      Source: Freedom House
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 09 अक्तूबर, 2018
      Select Dataset
      Variables converted from character to numeric as follow:Variables under consideration are top 3 vars i.e. Status, print and Broadcast 1 = Free (F) 2 = Partly Free (PF) 3 = Not Free (NF) Under source it values are present like: "F" , "PF" and "NF"  Note:- Date range has been considered as follow: Jan.1981-Aug.1982 is considered as 1982 Aug.1982-Nov.1983 is considered as 1983 Nov.1983-Nov.1984 is considered as 1984 Nov.1984-Nov.1985 is considered as 1985 Nov.1985-Nov.1986 is considered as 1986 Nov.1986-Nov.1987 is considered as 1987   About Freedom of the press: Freedom of the Press, an annual report on media independence around the world which assesses the degree of print, broadcast, and digital media freedom in 199 countries and territories. Published since 1980, it provides numerical scores and country narratives evaluating the legal environment for the media, political pressures that influence reporting, and economic factors that affect access to news and information. Freedom of the Press is the most comprehensive data set available on global media freedom and serves as a key resource for policymakers, international institutions, journalists, activists, and scholars worldwide.
  • G
    • अप्रैल 2012
      Source: World Trade Organization
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 06 मई, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Index score per member for selected services sectors For methodology and acronyms see the WTO Staff Working Paper "Services Commitments in Preferential Trade Agreements: An Expanded Dataset".  The index score is brought within a scale of 0 to 100 for each sector, with 100 representing full commitments (i.e., without limitations) across all relevant sub-sectors of a sector grouping.  "GATS" reflects the index value for both GATS commitments and services offer in the ongoing Doha Development Agenda.  "PTA" reflects the index value for a Member's 'best' PTA commitments across all its PTAs, for each sub-sector.  The index value is for both mode 1 (cross-border trade) and mode 3 (commercial presence).  The score for EU commitments is for the EC-15.   
    • सितम्बर 2017
      Source: Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 14 नवम्बर, 2017
      Select Dataset
      The Global Burden of Disease Study 2015 (GBD 2015), coordinated by the Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation (IHME), estimated the burden of diseases, injuries, and risk factors at the global, regional, national, territorial, and, for a subset of countries, subnational level. As part of this study, estimates for obesity and overweight prevalence and the disease burden attributable to high body mass index (BMI) were produced by sex, age group, and year for 195 countries and territories. Estimates for high BMI-attributable deaths, DALYs, and other measures (1990-2015) are available from the GBD Results Tool. Files available in this record include obesity and overweight prevalence estimates for 1980-2015. Study results were published in The New England Journal of Medicine in June 2017 in "Health Effects of Overweight and Obesity in 195 Countries over 25 Years."
    • सितम्बर 2017
      Source: Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 08 नवम्बर, 2017
      Select Dataset
      The Global Burden of Disease Study 2015 (GBD 2015), coordinated by the Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation (IHME), estimated the burden of diseases, injuries, and risk factors at the global, regional, national, territorial, and, for a subset of countries, subnational level. As part of this study, estimates for daily smoking prevalence and smoking-attributable mortality and disease burden, as measured by disability-adjusted life years (DALYs), were produced by sex, age group, and year for 195 countries and territories. Estimates for deaths and DALYs (1990-2015) are available from the GBD Results Tool. Files available in this record include daily smoking prevalence (1980-2015) and annualized rate of change estimates. Study results were published in The Lancet in April 2017 in "Smoking prevalence and attributable disease burden in 195 countries and territories, 1990–2015: a systematic analysis from the Global Burden of Disease Study 2015." Date ranges have been considered as follows: 1990-2015 as 1990 1990-2005 as 2005 2005-2015 as 2015
    • सितम्बर 2017
      Source: Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 27 अक्तूबर, 2017
      Select Dataset
      The Global Burden of Disease Study 2015 (GBD 2015), coordinated by the Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation (IHME), estimated the burden of diseases, injuries, and risk factors at the global, regional, national, territorial, and, for a subset of countries, subnational level. This dataset measures progress towards the Millennium Development Goal 5 (MDG 5) target of a 75% reduction in the maternal mortality ratio between 1990 and 2015. Maternal mortality ratio estimates for 21 regions, 195 countries and territories and 4 United Kingdom subnational units for 1990-2015 (quinquennial) are available by age and cause from the GBD Results Tool. Files available in this record include tables published in The Lancet in October 2016 in "Global, regional, and national levels of maternal mortality, 1990–2015: a systematic analysis for the Global Burden of Disease Study 2015.
    • मार्च 2019
      Source: Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 29 अगस्त, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Data cited at: Global Burden of Disease Collaborative Network. Global Burden of Disease Study 2017 (GBD 2017) Health-related Sustainable Development Goals (SDG) Indicators 1990-2030. Seattle, United States: Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation (IHME), 2018.   The Global Burden of Disease Study 2017 (GBD 2017), coordinated by the Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation (IHME), estimated the burden of diseases, injuries, and risk factors from 1990 to 2017. The United Nations established, in September 2015, the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs), which specify 17 universal goals, 169 targets, and 232 indicators leading up to 2030. Drawing from GBD 2017, this dataset provides estimates on progress for 41 health-related SDG indicators for 195 countries and territories from 1990 to 2017, and projections, based on past trends, for 2018 to 2030. Estimates are also included for the health-related SDG index, a summary measure of overall performance across the health-related SDGs.
    • नवम्बर 2018
      Source: Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 23 नवम्बर, 2018
      Select Dataset
      The Global Burden of Disease Study 2017 (GBD 2017), coordinated by the Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation (IHME), estimated the burden of diseases, injuries, and risk factors for 195 countries and territories and at the subnational level for a subset of countries. Developed by GBD researchers and used to help produce these estimates, the Socio-demographic Index (SDI) is a composite indicator of development status strongly correlated with health outcomes. It is the geometric mean of 0 to 1 indices of total fertility rate under the age of 25 (TFU25), mean education for those ages 15 and older (EDU15+), and lag distributed income (LDI) per capita. As a composite, a location with an SDI of 0 would have a theoretical minimum level of development relevant to health, while a location with an SDI of 1 would have a theoretical maximum level. This dataset provides tables with SDI values for all estimated GBD 2017 locations for 1950–2017 and groupings by location based on their 2017 values.
    • सितम्बर 2019
      Source: Global Database of Events, Language, and Tone
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 09 सितम्बर, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Data cited at: Global Database of Events, Language, and Tone   The GDELT Event Database records over 300 categories of physical activities around the world, from riots and protests to peace appeals and diplomatic exchanges, georeferenced to the city or mountain top, across the entire planet dating back to January 1, 1979 and updated every 15 minutes. Essentially it takes a sentence like "The United States criticized Russia yesterday for deploying its troops in Crimea, in which a recent clash with its soldiers left 10 civilians injured" and transforms this blurb of unstructured text into three structured database entries, recording US CRITICIZES RUSSIA, RUSSIA TROOP-DEPLOY UKRAINE (CRIMEA), and RUSSIA MATERIAL-CONFLICT CIVILIANS (CRIMEA). Nearly 60 attributes are captured for each event, including the approximate location of the action and those involved. This translates the textual descriptions of world events captured in the news media into codified entries in a grand "global spreadsheet."
    • मई 2019
      Source: Insurance Regulatory and Development Authority of India
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 20 जून, 2019
      Select Dataset
    • सितम्बर 2019
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 24 सितम्बर, 2019
      Select Dataset
    • मार्च 2019
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 05 मार्च, 2019
      Select Dataset
      This table provides information on the main relevant indicators. The data have mainly been supplied by the World Bank, and cover, where available: -Current Gross National Income (GNI) in US $ millions; -GNI per capita (US $); -Population; -Energy use as kilogram of oil per capita; -Average Life Expectancy of Adults; and -Adult Literacy Rate as a percentage of the country population. Data for Sudan include South Sudan, with the exception of total population, which is reported separately.
    • मार्च 2018
      Source: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 28 मार्च, 2018
      Select Dataset
      This database contains statistics on production volume and value by species, country or area, fishing area and culture environment
    • जुलाई 2011
      Source: World Bank
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 21 सितम्बर, 2017
      Select Dataset
      Data cited at: The World Bank https://datacatalog.worldbank.org/ Topic: Global Bilateral Migration Database Publication: https://datacatalog.worldbank.org/dataset/global-bilateral-migration-database License: http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/   Global Bilateral Migration Database: Global matrices of bilateral migrant stocks spanning the period 1960-2000, disaggregated by gender and based primarily on the foreign-born concept are presented. Over one thousand census and population register records are combined to construct decennial matrices corresponding to the last five completed census rounds. For the first time, a comprehensive picture of bilateral global migration over the last half of the twentieth century emerges. The data reveal that the global migrant stock increased from 92 to 165 million between 1960 and 2000. South-North migration is the fastest growing component of international migration in both absolute and relative terms. The United States remains the most important migrant destination in the world, home to one fifth of the world’s migrants and the top destination for migrants from no less than sixty sending countries. Migration to Western Europe remains largely from elsewhere in Europe. The oil-rich Persian Gulf countries emerge as important destinations for migrants from the Middle East, North Africa and South and South-East Asia. Finally, although the global migrant stock is still predominantly male, the proportion of women increased noticeably between 1960 and 2000.
    • दिसम्बर 2018
      Source: TRACE International
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 30 जनवरी, 2019
      Select Dataset
      'The TRACE Matrix measures business bribery risk in all countries. Developed in collaboration with RAND Corporation, the TRACE Matrix provides the business community with a powerful new tool for anti-bribery risk assessment. It assesses countries across four domains – Business Interactions with Government, Anti-bribery Laws and Enforcement, Government and Civil Service Transparency, and the Capacity for Civil Society Oversight, including the role of the media – as well as nine sub-domains. Business interactions with government includes the sub-domains of “contact with government,” “expectation of paying bribes” and “regulatory burden.” These indicators capture aspects of the “touches with government” that TRACE identified as very important for business bribery through regulatory and business interviews they conducted. Anti-corruption laws enacted by a country and information about enforcement of those laws. Government and civil service transparency, which includes indicators concerning whether government budgets are publicly available and whether there are regulations addressing conflicts of interest for civil servants. Information concerning the extent of press freedom and social development, both of which serve as indicators of a robust civil society that can provide government oversight. The overall country risk score is a combined and weighted score of four domains. For each of these four "domains" (and related sub-domains), the TRACE Matrix aggregates relevant data obtained from leading public interest and international organizations, including the United Nations, the World Bank and the World Economic Forum. Based on statistical analysis of this information, each country is assigned not only an overall score between 1 and 100—with 100 representing the greatest risk—but also scores for each of the four domains and nine sub-domains.'
    • मार्च 2018
      Source: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 11 अप्रैल, 2018
      Select Dataset
      Contains the volume of fish catches landed by country or territory of capture, by species or a higher taxonomic level, by FAO major fishing areas, and year for all commercial, industrial, recreational and subsistence purpose
    • दिसम्बर 2018
      Source: Global Carbon Atlas
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 29 मार्च, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Data cited at: Global Carbon Atlas - http://www.globalcarbonatlas.org/en/CO2-emissions The Global Carbon Project facilitates access to data to encourage its use and promote a good understanding of the carbon cycle. Respecting original data sources is key to help secure the support of data providers to enhance, maintain and update valuable data.  FOSSIL FUEL EMISSIONS CDIAC: Boden, TA, Andres RJ, and Marland, G 2017. Global, Regional, and National Fossil-Fuel CO2 Emissions. Carbon Dioxide Information Analysis Center (CDIAC), Oak Ridge National Laboratory, US Department of Energy, Oak Ridge, Tenn., USA DOI:10.3334/CDIAC/00001_V2017. Available at: http://cdiac.ess-dive.lbl.gov/trends/emis/meth_reg.html  UNFCCC, 2018. National Inventory Submissions 2018. United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change. Available at: http://unfccc.int/process/transparency-and-reporting/reporting-and-review-under-the-convention/greenhouse-gas-inventories-annex-i-parties/national-inventory-submissions-2018, accessed June 2018.  BP, 2018. Statistical Review of World Energy. Available at: http://www.bp.com/en/global/corporate/energy-economics.html 
    • नवम्बर 2017
      Source: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 22 नवम्बर, 2017
      Select Dataset
      This database contains statistics on the annual production of fishery commodities and imports and exports of fishery commodities by country and commodities in terms of volume and value from 1976.
    • फरवरी 2019
      Source: DHL
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 02 अप्रैल, 2019
      Select Dataset
      DHL released the fifth edition of the DHL Global Connectedness Index (GCI) – a detailed analysis of globalization, measured by international flows of trade, capital, information and people. The new GCI report represents the first comprehensive assessment of developments in globalization across 169 countries and territories since the Brexit referendum in the United Kingdom and the 2016 presidential election in the United States. In spite of growing anti-globalization tensions in many countries, connectedness reached an all-time high in 2017, as the flows of trade, capital, information and people across national borders all intensified significantly for the first time since 2007. Strong economic growth boosted international flows while key policy changes such as US tariff increases had not yet been implemented.
    • दिसम्बर 2013
      Source: Transparency International
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 20 फरवरी, 2014
      Select Dataset
      Data cited at: Global Corruption Barometer (2013) by Transparency International is licensed under CC-BY-ND 4.0 Global Corruption Barometer is the largest world-wide public opinion survey on corruption - See more at: http://www.transparency.org/gcb2013/in_detail#sthash.hey9okGH.dpuf
    • दिसम्बर 2018
      Source: International Monetary Fund
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 13 फरवरी, 2019
      Select Dataset
      The Global Debt Database (GDD) is the result of a multiyear investigative process that started with the October 2016 Fiscal Monitor. The dataset comprises total gross debt of the (private and public) non financial sector for an unbalanced panel of 190 advanced economies, emerging market economies and low-income countries, dating back to 1950. For more details on the methodology and definitions, please refer to Mbaye, Moreno Badia and Chae (2018). 
    • मई 2019
      Source: Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 18 सितम्बर, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Research by the Global Burden of Disease Health Financing Collaborator Network produced retrospective national health spending estimates for 1995-2016 for 184 countries. The estimates cover total health spending, and health spending disaggregated by source into government spending, out-of-pocket, prepaid private, and development assistance for health. National health spending by source, including development assistance for health, was estimated based on a diverse set of data, including program reports, budget data, national estimates, and 964 National Health Accounts. The resulting estimates were used to help produce forecasted health spending estimates for 2015-2040. Results of the study were published in The Lancet in April 2017 in "Evolution and patterns of global health financing 1995–2016: development assistance for health, and government, prepaid private, and out-of-pocket health spending in 184 countries."
    • जुलाई 2013
      Source: ONE
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 10 जुलाई, 2013
      Select Dataset
      Dataset represents the results of the survey, conducted in order to reveal people's expectations about the improvments that they think are of primary importance when determining Global Development Goals on post-2015 period.
    • अगस्त 2015
      Source: Grant Thornton
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 16 अक्तूबर, 2015
      Select Dataset
      The Grant Thornton Global Dynamism Index (GDI) ranks 60 leading economies on their dynamism in five key areas – business operating environment, economics & growth, science & technology, labour & human capital and financing environment. The GDI analyses 22 indicators across these five categories to assess the dynamism of business growth environments around the world, where dynamism refers to the changes in an economy over the past 12 months which are likely to lead to a faster future rate of growth.
    • अक्तूबर 2018
      Source: United Nations Department of Economic and Social Affairs
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 01 मार्च, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Project LINK is an international collaborative research group for econometric modelling, coordinated jointly by the Development Policy and Analysis Division of UN/DESA and the University of Toronto. Each year, a UN/DESA Expert Group Meeting on the World Economy, also known as the Project LINK Meeting, is held in October to discuss the world economic outlook. The meeting is participated in by a wide range of experts from academia, economic research institutions and international economic organizations as well as colleagues from the five regional commissions: Economic Commission for Africa (ECA), Economic Commission for Europe (ECE), Economic Commission for Latin America and the Caribbean (ECLAC), Economic and Social Commission for Asia and the Pacific (ESCAP) and Economic and Social Commission for Western Asia (ESCWA).
    • जून 2015
      Source: International Monetary Fund
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 19 जुलाई, 2018
      Select Dataset
      The energy subsidy estimates reported here are based on the broad notion of post-tax subsidies, which arise when consumer prices are below supply costs plus a tax to reflect environmental damage and an additional tax applied to all consumption goods to raise government revenues. Pre-tax subsidies, which arise when consumer prices are below supply costs, are also reported as a component of post-tax subsidies. These subsidies will not necessarily coincide with definitions used by governments or with their reported subsidy numbers. The energy subsidy estimates are not available for the following countries in 2013: Bhutan, Central African Republic, Chad, Comoros, Eritrea, Fiji, Gambia, Guinea, Guinea-Bissau, Kiribati, Kosovo, Lao P.D.R., Liberia, Maldives, Marshall Islands, Mauritius, Micronesia, Niger, Palau, Samoa, San Marino, São Tomé and Príncipe, Seychelles, Sierra Leone, Solomon Islands, South Sudan, St. Lucia, St. Vincent and the Grenadines, Swaziland, Timor-Leste, Tonga, Tuvalu, and Vanuatu. In 2015, estimates are not available for two addtional countries: Burundi and Togo.
    • दिसम्बर 2018
      Source: Global Entrepreneurship Monitor
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 05 मार्च, 2019
      Select Dataset
      The GEM Adult Population Survey (APS) measures the level and nature of entrepreneurial activity around the world. It is administered to a representative national sample of at least 2000 respondents. The Global Entrepreneurship Monitor is the world's foremost study of entrepreneurship. Through a vast, centrally coordinated, internationally executed data collection effort, GEM is able to provide high quality information, comprehensive reports and interesting stories, to enhance the understanding of the entrepreneurial phenomenon.
    • नवम्बर 2017
      Source: Global Entrepreneurship and Development Institute
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 16 मार्च, 2018
      Select Dataset
      Global Entrepreneurship Index provides information about global entrepreneurship sub Index ranks and scoring of all countries.It also provides information about certain indicators like attitudes,abilities and aspirations with their ranks and scores
    • अप्रैल 2019
      Source: Global Entrepreneurship Monitor
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 04 अप्रैल, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Data cited at: GEM National Expert Survey The GEM National Expert Survey (NES) monitors the factors that are believed to have a significant impact on entrepreneurship, known as the Entrepreneurial Framework Conditions (EFCs). It is administered to a minimum of 36 carefully chosen 'experts' in each country. The Global Entrepreneurship Monitor is the world's foremost study of entrepreneurship. Through a vast, centrally coordinated, internationally executed data collection effort, GEM is able to provide high quality information, comprehensive reports and interesting stories, to enhance the understanding of the entrepreneurial phenomenon.
    • अप्रैल 2018
      Source: United Nations Statistics Division
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 21 नवम्बर, 2018
      Select Dataset
      Environmental Indicators disseminate global environment statistics on ten indicator themes compiled from a wide range of data sources. The themes and indicator tables were selected based on the current demands for international environmental statistics and the availability of internationally comparable data. Indicator tables, charts and maps with relatively good quality and coverage across countries, as well as links to other international sources, are provided under each theme. Statistics on Water and Waste are based on official statistics supplied by national statistical offices and/or ministries of environment (or equivalent institutions) in response to the biennial UNSD/UNEP Questionnaire on Environment Statistics, complemented with comparable statistics from OECD and Eurostat, and water resources data from FAO Aqua stat. Statistics on other themes were compiled by UNSD from other international sources. In a few cases, UNSD has made some calculations in order to derive the indicators. However, generally no adjustments have been made to the values received from the source. UNSD is not responsible for the quality, completeness/availability, and validity of the data. Environment statistics is still in an early stage of development in many countries, and data are often sparse. The indicators selected here are those of relatively good quality and geographic coverage. Information on data quality and comparability is given at the end of each table together with other important metadata.
    • मई 2019
      Source: Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 27 अगस्त, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Research by the Global Burden of Disease Health Financing Collaborator Network produced projected health spending estimates for 2017-2050 for 195 countries and territories. The estimates cover total health spending, and health spending disaggregated by source into three domestic financing source categories (government, out-of-pocket, and prepaid private) and development assistance for health (DAH). Retrospective health spending estimates for 1995-2016 and key covariates (including GDP per capita, total government spending, total fertility rate, and fraction of the population older than 65 years) were used to forecast GDP and health spending through 2050. Estimates are reported in constant 2018 US dollars, constant 2018 purchasing-power parity-adjusted (PPP) dollars, and as a percent of gross domestic product.
    • मार्च 2019
      Source: World Bank
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 20 मार्च, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Data cited at: The World Bank https://datacatalog.worldbank.org/ Topic: Global Financial Development Publication: https://datacatalog.worldbank.org/dataset/global-financial-development License: http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/   The Global Financial Development Database is an extensive dataset of financial system characteristics for 206 economies. The database includes measures of (1) size of financial institutions and markets (financial depth), (2) degree to which individuals can and do use financial services (access), (3) efficiency of financial intermediaries and markets in intermediating resources and facilitating financial transactions (efficiency), and (4) stability of financial institutions and markets (stability).For a complete description of the dataset and a discussion of the underlying literature, see: Martin Cihak; Asli Demirguc-Kunt; Erik Feyen; and Ross Levine, 2012. "Benchmarking Financial Systems Around the World." World Bank Policy Research Working Paper 6175, World Bank, Washington, D.C.
    • मार्च 2019
      Source: World Bank
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 20 मार्च, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Data cited at: The World Bank https://datacatalog.worldbank.org/ Topic: Global Financial Inclusion (Global Findex) Database Publication: https://datacatalog.worldbank.org/dataset/global-financial-inclusion-global-findex-database License: http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/   The Global Financial Inclusion Database provides 850+ country-level indicators of financial inclusion summarized for all adults and disaggregated by key demographic characteristics-gender, age, education, income, employment status and rural residence. Covering more than 140 economies, the indicators of financial inclusion measure how people save, borrow, make payments and manage risk. The reference citation for the data is: Demirgüç-Kunt, Asli, Leora Klapper, Dorothe Singer, Saniya Ansar, and Jake Hess. 2018. The Global Findex Database 2017: Measuring Financial Inclusion and the Fintech Revolution. World Bank: Washington, DC.
    • अक्तूबर 2018
      Source: World Bank
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 14 नवम्बर, 2018
      Select Dataset
      Financial inclusion is critical in reducing poverty and achieving inclusive economic growth. When people can participate in the financial system, they are better able to start and expand businesses, invest in their children’s education, and absorb financial shocks. Yet prior to 2011, little was known about the extent of financial inclusion and the degree to which such groups as the poor, women, and rural residents were excluded from formal financial systems.  The dataset help us to know about how adults around the world manage their day-to-day finances, the Global Findex allows policy makers, researchers, businesses, and development practitioners to track how the use of financial services has changed over time. The database can also be used to identify gaps in access to the formal financial system and design policies to expand financial inclusion.
    • मार्च 2018
      Source: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 11 अप्रैल, 2018
      Select Dataset
      Contains global production statistics (capture and aquaculture). This database contains the volume of aquatic species caught by country or area, by species items, by FAO major fishing areas, and year, for all commercial, industrial, recreational and subsistence purposes. The harvest from mariculture, aquaculture and other kinds of fish farming is also included
    • नवम्बर 2018
      Source: Emission Database for Global Atmospheric Research
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 14 फरवरी, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Direct greenhouse gases: Carbon Dioxide (CO2), Methane (CH4), Nitrous Oxide (N2O), Hydrofluorocarbons (HFC-23, 32, 125, 134a, 143a, 152a, 227ea, 236fa, 245fa, 365mfc, 43-10-mee), Perfluorocarbons (PFCs: CF4, C2F6, C3F8, c-C4F8, C4F10, C5F12, C6F14, C7F16), Sulfur Hexafluoride (SF6), Nitrogen Trifluoride (NF3) and Sulfuryl Fluoride (SO2F2). Emissions are calculated by individual countries using country-specific information. The countries are organized in different world regions for illustration purposes. Emissions of some small countries are presented together with other countries depending on country definition and availability of activity statistics. Source: European Commission, Joint Research Centre (JRC)/PBL Netherlands Environmental Assessment Agency.
    • सितम्बर 2018
      Source: Dual Citizen LLC
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 21 सितम्बर, 2018
      Select Dataset
      The performance index of the 2018 GGEI is defined by 20 underlying indicators, each contained within one of the four main dimensions of leadership & climate change, efficiency sectors, markets & investment and the environment.   For more detail on our approach to aggregating these diverse data sources to define the composite indicators in the GGEI and its four main dimensions, as well as our approach to data selection, weighting and other issues associated with creating an index, please visit the Methodology section.
    • अक्तूबर 2017
      Source: Emission Database for Global Atmospheric Research
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 10 जनवरी, 2018
      Select Dataset
      Emissions are calculated for the following substances: 1) Direct greenhouse gases: Carbon Dioxide (CO2), Methane (CH4), Nitrous Oxide (N2O), Hydrofluorocarbons (HFC-23, 32, 125, 134a, 143a, 152a, 227ea, 236fa, 245fa, 365mfc, 43-10-mee), Perfluorocarbons (PFCs: CF4, C2F6, C3F8, c-C4F8, C4F10, C5F12, C6F14, C7F16), Sulfur Hexafluoride (SF6), Nitrogen Trifluoride (NF3) and Sulfuryl Fluoride (SO2F2); 2) Ozone precursor gases: Carbon Monoxide (CO), Nitrogen Oxides (NOx), Non-Methane Volatile Organic Compounds (NMVOC) and Methane (CH4). 3) Acidifying gases: Ammonia (NH3), Nitrogen oxides (NOx) and Sulfur Dioxide (SO2). 4) Primary particulates: Fine Particulate Matter (PM10) - Carbonaceous speciation (BC , OC) is under progress. 5) Stratospheric Ozone Depleting Substances: Chlorofluorocarbons (CFC-11, 12, 113, 114, 115), Halons (1211, 1301, 2402), Hydrochlorofluorocarbons (HCFC-22, 124, 141b, 142b), Carbon Tetrachloride (CCl4), Methyl Bromide (CH3Br) and Methyl Chloroform (CH3CCl2). Emissions (EM) for a country C are calculated for each compound x on an annual basis (y) and sector wise (for i sectors, multiplying on the one hand the country-specific activity data (AD), quantifying the human activity for each of the i sectors, with the mix of j technologies (TECH) for each sector i, and with their abatement percentage by one of the k end-of-pipe (EOP) measures for each technology j, and on the other hand the country-specific emission factor (EF) for each sector i and technology j with relative reduction (RED) of the uncontrolled emission by installed abatement measure k. Emissions in are calculated by individual countries using country-specific information. The countries are organized in different world regions for illustration purposes. Emissions of some small countries are presented together with other countries depending on country definition and availability of activity statistics.
    • नवम्बर 2018
      Source: International Telecommunication Union
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 17 जनवरी, 2019
      Select Dataset
    • जुलाई 2016
      Source: World Economic Forum
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 13 जनवरी, 2017
      Select Dataset
      Please note that the 2016 Global Information Technology Report is the last edition of the series. There are no updates available. Data cited at: The World Economic Forum https://www.weforum.org/ Topic: The Global Information Technology Report 2016 Publication URL: https://www.weforum.org/reports/the-global-information-technology-report-2016 License: https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode   This Dataset contains proprietary and non-proprietary data used in the computation of the World Economic's Forum Networked Readiness Index. By making this data available, the Forum aims to inform multi-stakeholder dialogue, foster evidence-based, data-driven decisions, allow measuring progress, and support research by academia, journalists and others.
    • जुलाई 2019
      Source: Global Innovation Index
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 01 अगस्त, 2019
      Select Dataset
      The GII is a source of insight into the multidimensional facets of innovation-driven growth. Providing 80 detailed metrics for 129 economies in 2019, the GII has become one of the leading references for measuring an economy’s innovation performance. Moving into its 12th edition this year, the GII has evolved into a valuable benchmarking tool that can facilitate public-private dialogue and where policy-makers, business leaders, and other stakeholders can evaluate innovation progress on an annual basis.   Each year the GII presents a thematic component that tracks global innovation. In this year’s edition, it analyzes the medical innovation landscape of the next decade, looking at how technological and non-technological medical innovation will transform the delivery of healthcare worldwide. It also explores the role and dynamics of medical innovation as it shapes the future of healthcare, and the potential influence this may have on economic growth. 
    • अगस्त 2018
      Source: Internal Displacement Monitoring Centre
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 29 अगस्त, 2018
      Select Dataset
      Global Internal Displacement Database (GIDD) aims to provide comprehensive information on internal displacement worldwide. It covers all countries and territories for which IDMC has obtained data on situations of internal displacement, and provides data on situations of internal displacement associated with conflict and generalized violence (2014-2015), displacement associated with sudden-onset natural hazard-related disasters (2008-2015).
    • जून 2018
      Source: Open Knowledge International
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 13 जून, 2018
      Select Dataset
    • अगस्त 2008
      Source: World Packaging Organisation
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 13 मई, 2019
      Select Dataset
      This data set include information of The global packaging industry turned over around $485 billion in 2004 with packaging container sales of almost $460 billion and machinery sales of around $25 billion. Used in a wide range of industries across food and drink, healthcare, cosmetics and other consumer goods as well as a range of industrial sectors, packaging has become an essential everyday item, with its usage growing broadly in line with the global economy.Constant prices from 2005 onwards; totals may not add up due to rounding
    • जून 2019
      Source: Institute for Economics and Peace
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 04 जुलाई, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Data cited at: Institute for Economics and Peace The Global Peace Index 2019
    • अक्तूबर 2019
      Source: GlobalPetrolPrices.com
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 17 अक्तूबर, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Data cited at: Global Petrol Prices web site - https://www.globalpetrolprices.com/ License: https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Data is getting collected Every Tuesday evening from the Global Petrol Prices website. Weekly Average data is available from 28-Dec-2015 onward. Monthly average price is available for the period of January, 2013 - July, 2013    
    • मई 2014
      Source: Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation
      Uploaded by: Kirill Kosenkov
      Accessed On: 27 अगस्त, 2015
      Select Dataset
      Global, regional, and national prevalence of overweight and obesity in children and adults during 1980–2013. Comparable estimates based on systematically identified surveys, reports, and published studies (n=1769) that included data for height and weight, both through physical measurements and self-reports, using mixed effects linear regression to correct for bias in self-reports. Data for prevalence of obesity and overweight by age, sex, country, and year (n=19 244) obtained with a spatiotemporal Gaussian process regression model to estimate prevalence with 95% uncertainty intervals (UIs). Research by the staff of the Institute for Health Metrics and Evalutaion with co-authors. Published online 28 May 2014, "The Lancet" Volume 384, No. 9945, p766–781. DOI: http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(14)60460-8
    • जुलाई 2018
      Source: Jones Lang LaSalle
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 05 सितम्बर, 2018
      Select Dataset
      The 2018 Global Real Estate Transparency Index covers 100 markets and is based on 186 indicators. These variables are divided into six areas –performance measurement, market fundamentals, governance of listed vehicles, regulatory & legal frameworks, transaction process and environmental sustainability.   Tier 1: Highly Transparent - Total Composite Score: 1.00–1.96 Tier 2: Transparent - Total Composite Score: 1.97–2.65 Tier 3: Semi-Transparent - Total Composite Score: 2.66–3.50 Tier 4: Low Transparency - Total Composite Score: 3.51–4.16 Tier 5: Opaque - Total Composite Score: 4.17–5.00
    • मार्च 2018
      Source: A. T. Kearney
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 06 अप्रैल, 2018
      Select Dataset
      The Global Retail Development Index™ is an annual study that ranks the top 30 developing countries for retail expansion worldwide. The Index analyzes 25 macroeconomic and retail-specific variables to help retailers devise successful global strategies and to identify developing market investment opportunities. The GRDI is unique because it identifies today's most successful markets and those that offer the most potential for the future.
    • जुलाई 2019
      Source: countryeconomy.com
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 04 जुलाई, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Global Stock Market Indexes, Daily Update
    • मई 2019
      Source: KPMG
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 28 जून, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Covers data on corporate, indirect and individual income tax rates throughout 163 countries across the world during the period from 2006 to 2019. Provided by KPMG.
    • नवम्बर 2018
      Source: Institute for Economics and Peace
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 21 फरवरी, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Data cited at: Institute for Economics and Peace   The Global Terrorism Index (GTI) is a comprehensive study which accounts for the direct and indirect impact of terrorism in 163 countries in terms of its effect on lives lost, injuries, property damage and the psychological aftereffects of terrorism. This study covers 99.6 per cent of the world’s population. It aggregates the most authoritative data source on terrorism today, the Global Terrorism Database (GTD) collated by the National Consortium for the Study of Terrorism and Responses to Terrorism (START) into a composite score in order to provide an ordinal ranking of nations on the negative impact of terrorism. The GTD is unique in that it consists of systematically and comprehensively coded data on domestic as well as international terrorist incidents and now includes more than 140,000 cases. Note: "Change in score values" have been calculated for 2015 by score in 2015 minus score in 2014 (Score_2015-Score_2014). For rest of the years according to source.
    • जनवरी 2016
      Source: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 21 जुलाई, 2016
      Select Dataset
    • फरवरी 2019
      Source: United Nations Conference on Trade and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 14 अगस्त, 2019
      Select Dataset
      This dataset shows indicators of trade balances as the following: - Normalized trade balance, - Trade balance as percentage of imports and, - Trade balance as percentage of nominal gross domestic product (GDP). Normalized trade balance (NTB) of goods and services is defined as the trade balance (total exports less total imports) divided by the total trade (exports plus imports).   NTB=(EX-IM)/EX+IM)
    • फरवरी 2019
      Source: United Nations Conference on Trade and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 14 अगस्त, 2019
      Select Dataset
      This table shows exports, imports and sum/average of exports and imports as percentage of nominal gross domestic product (GDP). The indicators are calculated for trade in goods, trade in services and total trade in goods and services.
    • अक्तूबर 2019
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 15 अक्तूबर, 2019
      Select Dataset
      This table presents data on Government appropriations or outlays for RD (GBAORD) by socio-economic objective (SEO), using the NABS 2007 classification i.e.: Exploration and exploitation of the Earth, Environment, Exploration and exploitation of space, Transport, telecommunication and other infrastructures, Energy, Industrial production and technology, Health, Agriculture, Education, Culture, recreation, religion and mass media, Political and social systems, structures and processes, General advancement of knowledge: RD financed from General University Funds (GUF), General advancement of knowledge: RD financed from sources other than GUF, Defence. Please note that in this new NABS 2007 classification, the three socio-economic objectives -- Education, Culture, recreation, religion and mass media, and Political and social systems, structures and processes -- were previously grouped under a single objective: Social structures and relationships. At the time of this publication there is no breakdown of historical data into the three new SEOs. Another issue relating to the transition from NABS 1993 to NABS 2007 is that what was formerly Other civil research is now to be distributed among the other chapters. This distribution has not yet been done in this database. Therefore, until the countries are in a position to provide breakdown according to the NABS 2007 classification, in some cases GBAORD by SEO is greater than the sum of its chapters.
    • फरवरी 2017
      Source: National Institute of Statistics and Censuses, Costa Rica
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 30 मई, 2017
      Select Dataset
      National Accounts of Costa Rica
    • जनवरी 2015
      Source: University of Groningen, Netherlands
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 25 फरवरी, 2016
      Select Dataset
      The GGDC 10-Sector Database provides a long-run internationally comparable dataset on sectoral productivity performance in Asia, Europe, Latin America and the US. Variables covered in the data set are annual series of value added, output deflators, and persons employed for 10 broad sectors. It gives sectoral detail to the historical macro data in Maddison (2003) from 1950 onwards. It consists of series for 10 countries in Asia, 9 in Latin-America and 9 in Europe and the US. The data for Asia and Latin-America are based on Marcel P. Timmer and Gaaitzen J. de Vries (2007), 'A Cross-Country Database For Sectoral Employment And Productivity In Asia And Latin America, 1950-2005', GGDC Research memorandum GD-98, Groningen Growth and Development Centre, August 2007. Data for Europe and the US is based on an update of Bart van Ark (1996), Sectoral Growth Accounting and Structural Change in Post-War Europe, in B. van Ark and N.F.R. Crafts, eds., Quantitative Aspects of Post-War European Economic Growth, CEPR/Cambridge University Press, pp. 84-164. All series derived from this database need to be referred to as: "Timmer, Marcel P. and Gaaitzen J. de Vries (2009), "Structural Change and Growth Accelerations in Asia and Latin America: A New Sectoral Data Set" Cliometrica, vol 3 (issue 2) pp. 165-190."
    • जुलाई 2019
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 05 जुलाई, 2019
      Select Dataset
      This table contains research and development (R&D) expenditure statistics on gross domestic R&D expenditure by sector of performance (business enterprise, government, higher education, private non-profit, and total intramural) and by field of science (natural sciences, engineering, medical sciences, agricultural sciences, social sciences, and humanities). Data are provided in million national currency (for the euro zone, pre-EMU euro or EUR), million current PPP USD and million constant USD (2010 prices and PPPs).
    • जुलाई 2019
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 05 जुलाई, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Data are provided in million national currency (for the euro zone, pre-EMU euro or EUR), million current PPP USD and million constant USD (2010 prices and PPPs). Variables collected This table presents research and development (R&D) expenditure statistics. Data include gross domestic R&D expenditure by sector of performance (business enterprise, government, higher education, private non-profit, and total intramural) and by type of costs (current expenditures: labour costs, other current costs; and capital expenditures: land and buildings, and instruments and equipment).
    • फरवरी 2019
      Source: United Nations Conference on Trade and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 02 अप्रैल, 2019
      Select Dataset
      This dataset provides information on gross domestic product (GDP), total and per capita at current and constant (2010) prices also it contains annual average growth rates of gross domestic product (GDP), total and per capita, in per cent. The total GDP is expressed in millions of dollars, while GDP per capita is expressed in dollars.
    • सितम्बर 2019
      Source: Eurostat
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 29 सितम्बर, 2019
      Select Dataset
      The maritime transport domain contains quarterly and annual data. Maritime transport data refer to gross weight of goods (in tonnes), passenger movements (in number of passengers) as well as for vessel traffic (in number of vessels and in gross tonnage of vessels). Data for transport of goods transported on Ro-Ro units or in containers are also expressed in number of units or number of TEUs (20 foot equivalent units). Data at regional level (NUTS 2, 1 and 0) are also available. The statistics on maritime transport are collected within Directive 2009/42/EC and Commission Decision 2008/861/EC, as amended by Commission Decision 2010/216/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 April 2010, by Regulation 1090/2010 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 November 2010 and by Commission Delegated Decision 2012/186/EU of 3 February 2012. Data are collected by the national competent authorities in the reporting countries using a variety of data sources, such as port administration systems, national maritime databases, customs databases or questionnaires to ports or shipping agents (see section 20.1). The maritime transport data have been calculated using data collected at port level. The data are displayed at port level, regional level, Maritime Coastal Area (MCA) level and country level. The data are presented in six collections, displaying main annual results, short sea shipping, passengers, goods vessel traffic and regional statistics.
    • अप्रैल 2017
      Source: Eurostat
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 14 अप्रैल, 2017
      Select Dataset
      The maritime transport domain contains quarterly and annual data. Maritime transport data refer to gross weight of goods (in tonnes), passenger movements (in number of passengers) as well as for vessel traffic (in number of vessels and in gross tonnage of vessels). Data for transport of goods transported on Ro-Ro units or in containers are also expressed in number of units or number of TEUs (20 foot equivalent units). Data at regional level (NUTS 2, 1 and 0) are also available. The statistics on maritime transport are collected within Directive 2009/42/EC and Commission Decision 2008/861/EC, as amended by Commission Decision 2010/216/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 April 2010, by Regulation 1090/2010 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 November 2010 and by Commission Delegated Decision 2012/186/EU of 3 February 2012. Data are collected by the national competent authorities in the reporting countries using a variety of data sources, such as port administration systems, national maritime databases, customs databases or questionnaires to ports or shipping agents (see section 18.1). The maritime transport data have been calculated using data collected at port level. The data are displayed at port level, regional level, Maritime Coastal Area (MCA) level and country level. The data are presented in six collections, displaying main annual results, short sea shipping, passengers, goods vessel traffic and regional statistics.
    • सितम्बर 2019
      Source: Eurostat
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 29 सितम्बर, 2019
      Select Dataset
      The maritime transport domain contains quarterly and annual data. Maritime transport data refer to gross weight of goods (in tonnes), passenger movements (in number of passengers) as well as for vessel traffic (in number of vessels and in gross tonnage of vessels). Data for transport of goods transported on Ro-Ro units or in containers are also expressed in number of units or number of TEUs (20 foot equivalent units). Data at regional level (NUTS 2, 1 and 0) are also available. The statistics on maritime transport are collected within Directive 2009/42/EC and Commission Decision 2008/861/EC, as amended by Commission Decision 2010/216/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 April 2010, by Regulation 1090/2010 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 November 2010 and by Commission Delegated Decision 2012/186/EU of 3 February 2012. Data are collected by the national competent authorities in the reporting countries using a variety of data sources, such as port administration systems, national maritime databases, customs databases or questionnaires to ports or shipping agents (see section 18.1). The maritime transport data have been calculated using data collected at port level. The data are displayed at port level, regional level, Maritime Coastal Area (MCA) level and country level. The data are presented in six collections, displaying main annual results, short sea shipping, passengers, goods vessel traffic and regional statistics.
    • सितम्बर 2019
      Source: Eurostat
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 30 सितम्बर, 2019
      Select Dataset
      The maritime transport domain contains quarterly and annual data. Maritime transport data refer to gross weight of goods (in tonnes), passenger movements (in number of passengers) as well as for vessel traffic (in number of vessels and in gross tonnage of vessels). Data for transport of goods transported on Ro-Ro units or in containers are also expressed in number of units or number of TEUs (20 foot equivalent units). Data at regional level (NUTS 2, 1 and 0) are also available. The statistics on maritime transport are collected within Directive 2009/42/EC and Commission Decision 2008/861/EC, as amended by Commission Decision 2010/216/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 April 2010, by Regulation 1090/2010 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 November 2010 and by Commission Delegated Decision 2012/186/EU of 3 February 2012. Data are collected by the national competent authorities in the reporting countries using a variety of data sources, such as port administration systems, national maritime databases, customs databases or questionnaires to ports or shipping agents (see section 20.1). The maritime transport data have been calculated using data collected at port level. The data are displayed at port level, regional level, Maritime Coastal Area (MCA) level and country level. The data are presented in six collections, displaying main annual results, short sea shipping, passengers, goods vessel traffic and regional statistics.
    • सितम्बर 2019
      Source: Eurostat
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 01 अक्तूबर, 2019
      Select Dataset
      The maritime transport domain contains quarterly and annual data. Maritime transport data refer to gross weight of goods (in tonnes), passenger movements (in number of passengers) as well as for vessel traffic (in number of vessels and in gross tonnage of vessels). Data for transport of goods transported on Ro-Ro units or in containers are also expressed in number of units or number of TEUs (20 foot equivalent units). Data at regional level (NUTS 2, 1 and 0) are also available. The statistics on maritime transport are collected within Directive 2009/42/EC and Commission Decision 2008/861/EC, as amended by Commission Decision 2010/216/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 April 2010, by Regulation 1090/2010 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 November 2010 and by Commission Delegated Decision 2012/186/EU of 3 February 2012. Data are collected by the national competent authorities in the reporting countries using a variety of data sources, such as port administration systems, national maritime databases, customs databases or questionnaires to ports or shipping agents (see section 18.1). The maritime transport data have been calculated using data collected at port level. The data are displayed at port level, regional level, Maritime Coastal Area (MCA) level and country level. The data are presented in six collections, displaying main annual results, short sea shipping, passengers, goods vessel traffic and regional statistics.
    • अप्रैल 2017
      Source: Eurostat
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 15 अप्रैल, 2017
      Select Dataset
      The maritime transport domain contains quarterly and annual data. Maritime transport data refer to gross weight of goods (in tonnes), passenger movements (in number of passengers) as well as for vessel traffic (in number of vessels and in gross tonnage of vessels). Data for transport of goods transported on Ro-Ro units or in containers are also expressed in number of units or number of TEUs (20 foot equivalent units). Data at regional level (NUTS 2, 1 and 0) are also available. The statistics on maritime transport are collected within Directive 2009/42/EC and Commission Decision 2008/861/EC, as amended by Commission Decision 2010/216/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 April 2010, by Regulation 1090/2010 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 November 2010 and by Commission Delegated Decision 2012/186/EU of 3 February 2012. Data are collected by the national competent authorities in the reporting countries using a variety of data sources, such as port administration systems, national maritime databases, customs databases or questionnaires to ports or shipping agents (see section 20.1). The maritime transport data have been calculated using data collected at port level. The data are displayed at port level, regional level, Maritime Coastal Area (MCA) level and country level. The data are presented in six collections, displaying main annual results, short sea shipping, passengers, goods vessel traffic and regional statistics.
    • नवम्बर 2018
      Source: Eurostat
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 08 जनवरी, 2019
      Select Dataset
      The maritime transport domain contains quarterly and annual data. Maritime transport data refer to gross weight of goods (in tonnes), passenger movements (in number of passengers) as well as for vessel traffic (in number of vessels and in gross tonnage of vessels). Data for transport of goods transported on Ro-Ro units or in containers are also expressed in number of units or number of TEUs (20 foot equivalent units). Data at regional level (NUTS 2, 1 and 0) are also available. The statistics on maritime transport are collected within Directive 2009/42/EC and Commission Decision 2008/861/EC, as amended by Commission Decision 2010/216/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 April 2010, by Regulation 1090/2010 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 November 2010 and by Commission Delegated Decision 2012/186/EU of 3 February 2012. Data are collected by the national competent authorities in the reporting countries using a variety of data sources, such as port administration systems, national maritime databases, customs databases or questionnaires to ports or shipping agents (see section 20.1). The maritime transport data have been calculated using data collected at port level. The data are displayed at port level, regional level, Maritime Coastal Area (MCA) level and country level. The data are presented in six collections, displaying main annual results, short sea shipping, passengers, goods vessel traffic and regional statistics.
    • सितम्बर 2019
      Source: Eurostat
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 30 सितम्बर, 2019
      Select Dataset
      The maritime transport domain contains quarterly and annual data. Maritime transport data refer to gross weight of goods (in tonnes), passenger movements (in number of passengers) as well as for vessel traffic (in number of vessels and in gross tonnage of vessels). Data for transport of goods transported on Ro-Ro units or in containers are also expressed in number of units or number of TEUs (20 foot equivalent units). Data at regional level (NUTS 2, 1 and 0) are also available. The statistics on maritime transport are collected within Directive 2009/42/EC and Commission Decision 2008/861/EC, as amended by Commission Decision 2010/216/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 April 2010, by Regulation 1090/2010 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 November 2010 and by Commission Delegated Decision 2012/186/EU of 3 February 2012. Data are collected by the national competent authorities in the reporting countries using a variety of data sources, such as port administration systems, national maritime databases, customs databases or questionnaires to ports or shipping agents (see section 18.1). The maritime transport data have been calculated using data collected at port level. The data are displayed at port level, regional level, Maritime Coastal Area (MCA) level and country level. The data are presented in six collections, displaying main annual results, short sea shipping, passengers, goods vessel traffic and regional statistics.
    • अप्रैल 2018
      Source: Global Trade Alert
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 16 मई, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Global Trade Alert - Trade Coverage Estimates   Data Cited at: https://www.globaltradealert.org
  • H
    • सितम्बर 2019
      Source: Japan HAM&SAUSAGE Processors Cooperative Association
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 14 अक्तूबर, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Statistics about processed meat products in Japan. The data includes production volume, imports, delivered volume, etc. (Japanese only). Japan: Ham & Sausage Processors Cooperative Association, Monthly Update
    • सितम्बर 2019
      Source: Department of Business, Economic Development & Tourism, State of Hawaii
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 10 अक्तूबर, 2019
      Select Dataset
    • दिसम्बर 2018
      Source: Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 26 दिसम्बर, 2018
      Select Dataset
      Global Burden of Disease Study 2016 (GBD 2016) Healthcare Access and Quality Index Based on Amenable Mortality 1990–2016. Global Burden of Disease Study 2016 (GBD 2016) estimates were used in an analysis of personal healthcare access and quality for 195 countries and territories, as well as selected subnational locations, over time. This dataset includes the following global, regional, national, and selected subnational estimates for 1990-2016: age-standardized risk-standardized death rates from 24 non-cancer causes considered amenable to healthcare; age-standardized mortality-to-incidence ratios for 8 cancers considered amenable to healthcare; and the Healthcare Access and Quality (HAQ) Index and individual scores for each of the 32 causes on a scale of 0 to 100. Code used to produce the estimates is also included. Results were published in The Lancet in May 2018 in "Measuring performance on the Healthcare Access and Quality Index for 195 countries and territories and selected subnational locations: a systematic analysis from the Global Burden of Disease Study 2016
    • मार्च 2019
      Source: Eurostat
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 22 मार्च, 2019
      Select Dataset
      'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of  Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data). The sectoral approach: The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE)  at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries. Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level. The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents. Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors under Annexes section. Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created , named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities. The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions under Annexes section. The product approach: The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC). The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. . For more details, see definition of high-tech products under Annexes section. High-tech patents: High-tech patents are defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition). Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents under Annexes section. The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by INVEST Europe (formerly named the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • मार्च 2019
      Source: Eurostat
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 22 मार्च, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • जनवरी 2017
      Source: Eurostat
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 16 जनवरी, 2017
      Select Dataset
      'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of  Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data). The sectoral approach: The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE)  at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries. Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level. The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents. Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors under Annexes section. Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created , named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities. The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions under Annexes section. The product approach: The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC). The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. . For more details, see definition of high-tech products under Annexes section. High-tech patents: High-tech patents are defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition). Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents under Annexes section. The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by INVEST Europe (formerly named the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • नवम्बर 2016
      Source: International Monetary Fund
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 26 मई, 2017
      Select Dataset
      The Historical Public Debt Database contains unbalanced panel data on Gross Domestic Product, Gross Government Debt, and Gross Government Debt-to-GDP Ratio for 187 countries. The series spans the years 1800 through 2015 although each country’s data depends on its date of independence and data availability. The database was constructed by bringing together a number of other datasets and information from original sources. For the most recent years, the data are linked to the IMF World Economic Outlook (WEO) database to facilitate regular updates.
    • मार्च 2010
      Source: Maddison Project
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Select Dataset
      Historical Statistics on Population, GDP and Per Capita GDP for 1-2008 AD period. Copyright Angus Maddison.
    • सितम्बर 2019
      Source: Statistics Netherlands
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 27 सितम्बर, 2019
      Select Dataset
      This table presents an overview of the number of guests and their overnight stays in the Netherlands in all hotels, motels, boarding houses, apartments with hotel services, youth accommodation and bed & breakfasts with at least 5 sleeping places. The figures can be broken down by country of residence of the guest, and by star rating. Figures are available for The Netherlands as a whole, and for the city of Amsterdam. The breakdown by star rating is based on the opinion of the accommodation itself. The star rating does not have to be officially registered. The breakdown contains all types of accommodation mentioned above, not just hotels. The '5 stars' category contains 5 star hotels, but also for instance 5 star bed&breakfasts. Break in series: Figures on guests and overnight stays per star rating for the years until 2015, that were published before, were based on offical registrations of the number of stars by the 'Bedrijfschap Horeca en Catering'. This official registration does no longer exist. Therefore, Statistics Netherlands started asking accommodations about their number of stars in its annual survey. For this reason, the figures in this table are not directly comparable with figures published about the years until 2015. Data available from: 2017 Status of the figures: All figures are provisional. Changes as of 9 January 2019: Figures for October 2018 have been added. When will new figures be published? Figures of a new month become available within three months after the end of that month, these are provisional figures. The figures for the complete year are revised one month after publication of the December figures, these are revised provisional figures. Two months later definite figures will be published.
    • सितम्बर 2019
      Source: Statistics Netherlands
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 27 सितम्बर, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Data cited at:  CBS StatLine databank https://opendata.cbs.nl/statline/portal.html?_la=en&_catalog=CBS Publication: Hotels; guests, overnight stays, country of residence, region https://opendata.cbs.nl/portal.html?_la=en&_catalog=CBS&tableId=82061eng&_theme=1026 License: http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/   This table presents an overview of the number of guests and their overnight stays in the Netherlands in all hotels, motels, boarding houses, apartments with hotel services, youth accommodation and bed & breakfasts with at least 5 sleeping places. The figures can be broken down by country of origin of the guests (country of residence), parts of the country, provinces, tourist parts of the country and 5 major cities. Data available from: 2012 Status of the figures: The figures for the most recent reporting year 2018 are provisional. The figures until 2017 are final. Changes as of 9 January 2019: Figures for October 2018 have been added. The table now contains separate figures for the municipality of Haarlemmermeer. When will new figures be published? Figures of a new month become available within three months after the end of that month, these are provisional figures. The figures for the complete year are revised one month after publication of the December figures, these are revised provisional figures. Two months later definite figures will be published.
    • सितम्बर 2019
      Source: Financial Tracking Service
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 27 सितम्बर, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Data cited at: Financial Tracking Service
  • I
    • जनवरी 2008
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 22 सितम्बर, 2014
      Select Dataset
      ICT goods are those that are either intended to fulfil the function of information processing and communication by electronic means, including transmission and display, OR which use electronic processing to detect, measure and/or record physical phenomena, or to control a physical process. ICT goods are defined by the OECD in terms of the Harmonised System. The guiding principle for the delineation of ICT goods is that such goods must either be intended to fulfil the function of information processing and communication by electronic means, including transmission and display, OR use electronic processing to detect, measure and/or record physical phenomena, or to control a physical process.Another guiding principle was to use existing classification systems in order to take advantage of existing data sets and therefore ensure the immediate use of the proposed standard. In this case, the underlying system is the Harmonized System (HS). The HS is the only commodity classification system used on a sufficiently wide basis to support international data comparison. A large number of countries use it to classify export and import of goods, and many countries use it (or a classification derived from or linked to it) to categorise domestic outputs.The application of the ICT product definition to selection of in-scope HS categories is a somewhat subjective exercise. The fact that the HS is not built on the basis of the functionality of products makes it much more difficult. The distinction between products which fulfil those functions and products that simply embody electronics but fundamentally fulfil other functions is not always obvious.It is possible to adopt a narrow or broad interpretation of the guideline, though the OECD chose a broader interpretation, an approach which is consistent with that adopted to develop the ICT sector definition.
    • जनवरी 2017
      Source: Eurostat
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 16 जनवरी, 2017
      Select Dataset
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • जनवरी 2017
      Source: Eurostat
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 16 जनवरी, 2017
      Select Dataset
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • फरवरी 2011
      Source: Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Select Dataset
      IHME results from paper, Worldwide mortality in men and women aged 15–59 years from 1970 to 2010: a systematic analysis, published online in The Lancet on April 30 2010. This dataset provides global estimates of adult mortality risk, 45q15 (probability of death between the ages of 15 years and 60 years), between 1970 and 2010.
    • फरवरी 2011
      Source: Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Select Dataset
      IHME results from paper, Neonatal, post neonatal, childhood, and under-5 mortality for 187 countries, 1970-2010: a systematic analysis of progress towards Millennium Development Goal 4, published online in The Lancet on May 24 2010. This dataset provides estimates of neonatal, post neonatal, childhood, and under-5 mortality for 187 countries between 1970 and 2010.
    • दिसम्बर 2010
      Source: Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 31 जुलाई, 2013
      Select Dataset
      IHME research, published online in The Lancet in April 2010, with data from a global assessment of levels and trends in maternal mortality for the years 1980-2008. The study, Maternal mortality for 181 countries, 1980-2008: a systematic analysis of progress towards Millennium Development Goal 5, provides global, regional, and national level estimates of the maternal mortality ratio (MMR - the number of maternal deaths per 100,000 live births) as well as the number of maternal deaths.
    • सितम्बर 2011
      Source: Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Select Dataset
      IHME results data from global analysis of maternal mortality for years 1990-2011 published online in The Lancet in September 2011. The study, Progress towards Millennium Development Goals 4 and 5 on maternal and child mortality: an updated systematic analysis, provides global and country level estimates of the maternal mortality ratio (MMR - the number of maternal deaths per 100,000 live births) and the number of maternal deaths.
    • नवम्बर 2018
      Source: IMD World Competitiveness Center
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 06 दिसम्बर, 2018
      Select Dataset
      The IMD World Talent Ranking is based on countries’ performance in three main categories — investment and development, appeal and readiness. The three categories assess how countries perform in a wide range of areas. These include education, apprenticeships, workplace training, language skills, cost of living, quality of life, remuneration and tax rates. The objective of the IMD World Talent Ranking is to assess the extent to which countries develop, attract and retain talent to sustain the talent pool available for enterprises operating in those economies. While the hard data used in this report have been gathered from various sources (see Appendix), the survey data were obtained from the Center’s executive opinion survey, designed for the World Competitiveness Yearbook.
    • अप्रैल 2019
      Source: International Monetary Fund
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 11 अप्रैल, 2019
      Select Dataset
      The World Economic Outlook (WEO) database contains selected macroeconomic data series from the statistical appendix of the World Economic Outlook report, which presents the IMF staff's analysis and projections of economic developments at the global level, in major country groups and in many individual countries. The WEO is released in April and September/October each year. Use this database to find data on national accounts, inflation, unemployment rates, balance of payments, fiscal indicators, trade for countries and country groups (aggregates), and commodity prices whose data are reported by the IMF. Data are available from 1980 to the present, and projections are given for the next two years. Additionally, medium-term projections are available for selected indicators. For some countries, data are incomplete or unavailable for certain years. Changes to the April 2019 Database:  FYR Macedonia is now called North Macedonia. In February 2019, Zimbabwe adopted a new local currency unit, the RTGS dollar, which has become the official unit of account. Efforts are underway to revise and update all national accounts series to the new RTGS dollar. Current data are based on IMF staff estimates of price and exchange rate developments in US (and RTGS) dollars. Staff estimates of US dollar values may differ from authorities’ estimates.    
    • दिसम्बर 2018
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 03 दिसम्बर, 2018
      Select Dataset
      This database contains information on several demographic and labour market characteristics of the population of 28 OECD countries around the year 2000, by country of birth. The OECD countries included are Australia, Austria, Belgium, Canada, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Luxembourg, Mexico, Netherlands, New Zealand, Norway, Poland, Portugal, the Slovak Republic, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Turkey, the United Kingdom and the United States. Most of the thematic files of the database include three core variables: the country of residence, the country of birth and educational attainment. Other variables available in the database include age, gender, citizenship, duration of stay, labour force status, occupation, sector of activity and field of study. In general, the database covers all individuals aged 15 and older.
    • मार्च 2016
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 08 नवम्बर, 2017
      Select Dataset
      The sources for this database are mainly census data, from the 2000 round of censuses. Census data were used for 22 countries. Countries not taking periodic censuses but keeping population registers have provided data extracted from these registers; this is the case for four countries: Denmark, Finland, Norway and Sweden. For some countries, not all themes covered in the database are present in the national census or register. Labour force surveys, provided by Eurostat and averaged over the period 1998-2002, have been used to fill the gaps where possible.
    • दिसम्बर 2018
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 03 दिसम्बर, 2018
      Select Dataset
      This database contains information on several demographic and labour market characteristics of the population of 28 OECD countries around the year 2000, by country of birth. The OECD countries included are Australia, Austria, Belgium, Canada, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Luxembourg, Mexico, Netherlands, New Zealand, Norway, Poland, Portugal, the Slovak Republic, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Turkey, the United Kingdom and the United States. Most of the thematic files of the database include three core variables: the country of residence, the country of birth and educational attainment. Other variables available in the database include age, gender, citizenship, duration of stay, labour force status, occupation, sector of activity and field of study. In general, the database covers all individuals aged 15 and older.
    • दिसम्बर 2018
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 03 दिसम्बर, 2018
      Select Dataset
      This database contains information on several demographic and labour market characteristics of the population of 28 OECD countries around the year 2000, by country of birth. The OECD countries included are Australia, Austria, Belgium, Canada, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Luxembourg, Mexico, Netherlands, New Zealand, Norway, Poland, Portugal, the Slovak Republic, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Turkey, the United Kingdom and the United States. Most of the thematic files of the database include three core variables: the country of residence, the country of birth and educational attainment. Other variables available in the database include age, gender, citizenship, duration of stay, labour force status, occupation, sector of activity and field of study. In general, the database covers all individuals aged 15 and older with a tertiary education.
    • दिसम्बर 2018
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 03 दिसम्बर, 2018
      Select Dataset
      This database contains information on several demographic and labour market characteristics of the population of 28 OECD countries around the year 2000, by country of birth. The OECD countries included are Australia, Austria, Belgium, Canada, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Luxembourg, Mexico, Netherlands, New Zealand, Norway, Poland, Portugal, the Slovak Republic, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Turkey, the United Kingdom and the United States. Most of the thematic files of the database include three core variables: the country of residence, the country of birth and educational attainment. Other variables available in the database include age, gender, citizenship, duration of stay, labour force status, occupation, sector of activity and field of study. In general, the database covers all individuals aged 15 and older.
    • मार्च 2016
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 08 नवम्बर, 2017
      Select Dataset
      The sources for this database are mainly census data, from the 2000 round of censuses. Census data were used for 22 countries. Countries not taking periodic censuses but keeping population registers have provided data extracted from these registers; this is the case for four countries: Denmark, Finland, Norway and Sweden. For some countries, not all themes covered in the database are present in the national census or register. Labour force surveys, provided by Eurostat and averaged over the period 1998-2002, have been used to fill the gaps where possible.
    • दिसम्बर 2018
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 03 दिसम्बर, 2018
      Select Dataset
      The sources for this database are mainly census data, from the 2000 round of censuses. Census data were used for 22 countries. Countries not taking periodic censuses but keeping population registers have provided data extracted from these registers; this is the case for four countries: Denmark, Finland, Norway and Sweden. For some countries, not all themes covered in the database are present in the national census or register. Labour force surveys, provided by Eurostat and averaged over the period 1998-2002, have been used to fill the gaps where possible. The exact national source and reference period for each file is given in Table A.1 (see the methodological document).
    • दिसम्बर 2018
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 03 दिसम्बर, 2018
      Select Dataset
      This database contains information on several demographic and labour market characteristics of the population of 28 OECD countries around the year 2000, by country of birth. The OECD countries included are Australia, Austria, Belgium, Canada, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Luxembourg, Mexico, Netherlands, New Zealand, Norway, Poland, Portugal, the Slovak Republic, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Turkey, the United Kingdom and the United States. Most of the thematic files of the database include three core variables: the country of residence, the country of birth and educational attainment. Other variables available in the database include age, gender, citizenship, duration of stay, labour force status, occupation, sector of activity and field of study. In general, the database covers all individuals aged 15 and older.
    • जुलाई 2015
      Source: National Institute of Statistics, Honduras
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 17 जून, 2016
      Select Dataset
    • मार्च 2017
      Source: Statistics Bureau of Japan
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 08 जनवरी, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Statistics Name: Current Survey of Supply and Demand for Petroleum Products Annual Report Petroleum Products Import and Export of Petroleum Products/Monthly Import by Area and Country F.Y.
    • अप्रैल 2019
      Source: Petroleum Association of Japan
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 13 अप्रैल, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Monthly data on Oil Products Imports (by country) in Japan.  
    • नवम्बर 2018
      Source: United Nations Conference on Trade and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 16 नवम्बर, 2018
      Select Dataset
    • सितम्बर 2017
      Source: National Institute of Statistics, Republic of Guinea
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 14 दिसम्बर, 2018
      Select Dataset
      Data cited at: https://guinea.opendataforafrica.org/kruwzwd Imports of products by zone and country of origin, 2011 - 2012
    • फरवरी 2019
      Source: National Statistical Office of Mongolia
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 11 अक्तूबर, 2019
      Select Dataset
    • फरवरी 2019
      Source: International Labour Organization
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 06 जून, 2019
      Select Dataset
      The series is part of the ILO estimates and is harmonized to account for differences in national data and scope of coverage, collection and tabulation methodologies as well as for other country-specific factors. Data for 1990-2015 are estimates while 2016-2030 data are projections. The dataset was updated as of July 2015. For more information, refer to the ILO estimates and projections methodological note.
    • अक्तूबर 2019
      Source: International Labour Organization
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 15 अक्तूबर, 2019
      Select Dataset
      This indicator conveys the number of persons of working age outside the labour force (that is, not employed or unemployed) expressed as a percentage of the working-age population. The working-age population is commonly defined as persons aged 15 years and older, but this varies from country to country. In addition to using a minimum age threshold, certain countries also apply a maximum age limit.
    • दिसम्बर 2016
      Source: U.S. Patent and Trademark Office
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 27 जुलाई, 2017
      Select Dataset
      An independent inventor patent is a patent that has ownership that is unassigned or assigned to an individual at the time of grant i.e. ownership of the patent is not assigned to an organization. some U.S. origin patents are assigned to foreign individuals while some foreign origin patents are assigned to U.S. individuals. Therefore, the sum of counts of U.S. origin independent inventor patents usually will not equal the sum of counts of patents owned by "U.S. individuals" and the sum of counts of "foreign origin" independent inventor patents usually will not equal the sum of counts of patents owned by foreign individuals.
    • मार्च 2019
      Source: Global Trade Alert
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 03 अप्रैल, 2019
      Select Dataset
      The Global Trade Alert (GTA) was launched in June 2009 when it was feared that the global financial crisis would lead governments to adopt widespread 1930s-style beggar-thy-neighbour policies. Although global in scope, the GTA has given particular attention to the policy choices of the G-20 governments ever since their leaders made a “no protectionism” pledge in Washington DC in November 2008. Although initially conceived as a trade policy monitoring initiative, as thousands of policy announcements have been documented, the GTA has become a widely-used input for analysis and decision-making by firms, industry associations, journalists, researchers, international organisations, and governments. This reflects the fact that, as the International Monetary Fund noted in 2016, the GTA “has the most comprehensive coverage of all types of trade-discriminatory and trade liberalizing measures.”   Data Cited at: https://www.globaltradealert.org
    • फरवरी 2019
      Source: Heritage Foundation
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 04 फरवरी, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Data cited at: Heritage Foundation   Economic freedom is the fundamental right of every human to control his or her own labor and property. In an economically free society, individuals are free to work, produce, consume, and invest in any way they please, with that freedom both protected by the state and unconstrained by the state. In economically free societies, governments allow labor, capital and goods to move freely, and refrain from coercion or constraint of liberty beyond the extent necessary to protect and maintain liberty itself. Economic Freedom Scores: Range and level of freedom 80–100:- Free 70–79.9:- Mostly Free 60–69.9:- Moderately Free 50–59.9:- Mostly Unfree 0–49.9:- Repressed
    • दिसम्बर 2008
      Source: World Trade Organization
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 06 मई, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Index score per member on the basis of 'best' RTA commitments For methodology and acronyms see the WTO Staff Working Paper "Services Commitments in Preferential Trade Agreements: An Expanded Dataset".  The index score is brought within a scale of 0 to 100 for each sector, with 100 representing full commitments (i.e., without limitations) across all relevant sub-sectors.  "GATS" reflects the index value for both GATS commitments and services offer in the ongoing Doha Development Agenda.  "PTA" reflects the index value for a Member's 'best' PTA commitments across all its PTAs.  The score for EU commitments is for the EC-15.  For methodology and acronyms see the WTO Staff Working Paper "Services Commitments in Preferential Trade Agreements: An Expanded Dataset".  The index score is brought within a scale of 0 to 100 for each sector, with 100 representing full commitments (i.e., without limitations) across all relevant sub-sectors.  "GATS" reflects the index value for both GATS commitments and services offer in the ongoing Doha Development Agenda.  "PTA" reflects the index value for a Member's 'best' PTA commitments across all its PTAs.  The score for EU commitments is for the EC-15. 
    • दिसम्बर 2008
      Source: World Trade Organization
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 06 मई, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Index score per agreement For methodology, see the WTO Staff Working Paper "Services Commitments in Preferential Trade Agreements: An Expanded Dataset". The index score is brought within a scale of 0 to 100 for each sector, with 100 representing full commitments (i.e., without limitations) across all relevant sub-sectors. "GATS" reflects the index value for both GATS commitments and services offer in the ongoing Doha Development Agenda. The index value is for both mode 1 (cross-border trade) and mode 3 (commercial presence). The score for EU commitments is for the EC-15.
    • जनवरी 2019
      Source: Coffee Board of India
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 26 जून, 2019
      Select Dataset
    • अप्रैल 2019
      Source: Ministry of Finance, India
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 22 जुलाई, 2019
      Select Dataset
      The dataset provides the data on the direction of imports and exports by regions and Countries in Crore rupees and Million U.S, dollars   India's Economic Survey: Direction of Trade, 2018-19
    • मार्च 2018
      Source: Reserve Bank of India
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 12 जुलाई, 2018
      Select Dataset
      Note : Data for 2016-17 are revised and for 2017-18 are provisional.
    • अप्रैल 2019
      Source: United Nations Industrial Development Organization
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 06 मई, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Industrial Statistics Database, INDSTAT 2 2019, ISIC Revision 3 (Demo)
    • फरवरी 2019
      Source: Philippine Statistics Authority
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 01 अप्रैल, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Chapter 6 - Industry
    • फरवरी 2019
      Source: National Institute of Statistics, Italy
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 01 मार्च, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Data source(s) used: Vital statistics on causes of death: The Vital statistics system on causes of death is the main source for the evaluation of the health status of the population, and for the health programs and resources allocation. Data on causes of all deaths occurring in Italy during a calendar year are collected by the death certificates Istat/D.4 and D.4 bis. The physician must fill the health section of the certificate (part A) and the civil status officer of the appurtenant municipality must fill the demographic section of the certificate (part B).
    • अक्तूबर 2019
      Source: International Labour Organization
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 15 अक्तूबर, 2019
      Select Dataset
    • मई 2019
      Source: International Labour Organization
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 28 मई, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Inflow of migrants refer to the number of immigrants who changed their country of usual residence during the reference period. A person's country of usual residence is the country in which the person has a place to live where he or she normally spends the daily period of rest. Temporary travel abroad for purposes of recreation, holiday, business, medical treatment or religious pilgrimage does not entail a change in the country of usual residence. Data are disaggregated by sex and country of origin. A person's country of origin is that from which the person originates, i.e. the country of his or her citizenship (or, in the case of stateless persons, the country of usual residence).
    • अक्तूबर 2019
      Source: International Labour Organization
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 13 अक्तूबर, 2019
      Select Dataset
    • अक्तूबर 2010
      Source: Japan Apparel Technology and Research Association
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 31 अगस्त, 2016
      Select Dataset
      The Japan Apparel Industrial Association
    • अक्तूबर 2019
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 10 अक्तूबर, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Data source(s) used The inland fisheries data collection is part of the more comprehensive data gathering carried out on an annual basis by the Fisheries Committee (COFI) of the Trade and Agriculture Directorate (TAD) from OECD members and participating non-OECD economies. Data on marine landings, aquaculture production, inland fisheries catch, fleet, employment, total allowable catch (TAC) and fisheries support estimate (FSE) are collected from Fisheries Ministries, National Statistics Offices and other institutions designated as an official data source. The surveys used for this exercise are the OECD Fisheries questionnaires.   Data are collected in tonnes and national currency at current values. For analytical purposes and data comparisons, value data are converted and published also in US dollars. Exchange rates are average yearly spot rates, taken from the dataset OECD Economic Outlook: Statistics and Projections. Data reported in this dataset are expressed in tonnes, in units of national currency and in US dollars. Data are recorded on a landed weight basis, i.e. the mass (or weight) of a product at the time of landing, regardless of the state in which is landed (i.e. whole, gutted, filleted, meal, etc.). For exceptions, please see the individual notes. Statistical population The statistical population is the set of countries participating in the work of the COFI, i.e. OECD members, excluding landlocked countries, with some exceptions (Czech Republic and Slovakia are included, Israel is not). The group includes also the following partner countries: Argentina, China, Colombia, Costa Rica, Indonesia, Lithuania, Peru, Philippines, Thailand and Chinese Taipei. In order to facilitate analysis and comparisons over time, historical data for OECD members have been provided over as long a period as possible, often even before a country became a member of the Organisation. Information on the membership dates of all OECD countries can be found at OECD Ratification Dates. Key statistical concept Inland fisheries include catches of fish, crustaceans, molluscs and other aquatic invertebrates (and animals), residues and seaweeds in lakes, rivers, ponds, inland canals and other land-locked water bodies. For the purpose of this questionnaire the boundary between inland and marine areas at the river mouth is left to the discretion of the national authority. Production from aquaculture installations should not be reported on this form. However, catches from fisheries that are managed by stocking should be included. The methodological reference document for fisheries and aquaculture statistics is the CWP Handbook of Fishery Statistics.
    • अक्तूबर 2018
      Source: U.S. Department of Agriculture
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 16 अक्तूबर, 2018
      Select Dataset
      Improving agricultural productivity has been the world's primary means of assuring that the needs of a growing population don't outstrip the ability of humanity to supply food. Over the past 50 years, productivity growth in agriculture has allowed food to become more abundant and cheaper (see Growth in Global Agricultural Productivity: An Update, Amber Waves, November 2013, and New Evidence Points to Robust But Uneven Productivity Growth in Global Agriculture, Amber Waves, September 2012). A broad concept of agricultural productivity is total factor productivity (TFP). TFP takes into account all of the land, labor, capital, and material resources employed in farm production and compares them with the total amount of crop and livestock output. If total output is growing faster than total inputs, we call this an improvement in total factor productivity ("factor" = input). TFP differs from measures like crop yield per acre or agricultural value-added per worker because it takes into account a broader set of inputs used in production. TFP encompasses the average productivity of all of these inputs employed in the production of all crop and livestock commodities. "Growth accounting" provides a practicable way of measuring changes in agricultural TFP across a broad set of countries and regions, and for the world as a whole, given limited international data on production outputs, inputs, and their economic values. The approach (described in detail in Documentation and Methods) gives agricultural TFP growth rates, but not TFP levels, across the countries and regions of the world in a consistent, comparable way. Most of the data for the analysis comes from FAOSTAT. In some cases Food and Agriculture Organization (FAO) input and output data are supplemented with data from national statistical sources. Note: To facilitate international comparisons, certain simplifying assumptions must be made, and as such the estimates of TFP growth reported here may not be exactly the same as TFP growth estimates reported in other studies using different assumptions or methods. In particular, our TFP estimates for the United States differ slightly from those reported in ERS' Agricultural Productivity in the U.S. data product.
    • जुलाई 2014
      Source: Lesotho Tourism Development Corporation
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 19 अप्रैल, 2016
      Select Dataset
      This report is a regular publication of the Lesotho Tourism Development Corporation that aims to provide trends for international arrivals to Lesotho and presents the analysis of international tourists’ arrivals to Lesotho.The analysis of International visitor arrivals to Lesotho includes; total number of arrivals to Lesotho recorded from 10 ports in a year and month, purpose of visit, mode of transport to Lesotho, how long visitors stay and country of residence. The data presented in this report was gathered from 10 ports of entry namely, Caledon’spoort, Moshoeshoe I International Airport, Vanroyeen’s Gate, Maputsoe Bridge, Sani Pass Border Post, Peka Bridge, Tele Bridge, Makhaleng Bridge, Qacha’s Nek Bridge and Maseru Bridge.
    • मई 2019
      Source: Federal Aviation Administration
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 11 जून, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Under the International Aviation Safety Assessment (IASA) program, the FAA determines whether another country’s oversight of its air carriers that operate, or seek to operate, into the U.S., or codeshare with a U.S. air carrier, complies with safety standards established by the International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO). The IASA program is administered by the FAA Associate Administrator for Aviation Safety (AVS), Flight Standards Service (AFS), International Programs and Policy Division (AFS-50).   The FAA has established two ratings for the status of countries at the time of the assessment: Does comply with ICAO standards, and Does not comply with ICAO standards. They are defined as follows:Category 1, Does Comply with ICAO Standards: A country's civil aviation authority has been assessed by FAA inspectors and has been found to license and oversee air carriers in accordance with ICAO aviation safety standards.Category 0, Does Not Comply with ICAO Standards: The Federal Aviation Administration assessed this country's civil aviation authority (CAA) and determined that it does not provide safety oversight of its air carrier operators in accordance with the minimum safety oversight standards established by the International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO). This rating is applied if one or more of the following deficiencies are identified:the country lacks laws or regulations necessary to support the certification and oversight of air carriers in accordance with minimum international standards;the CAA lacks the technical expertise, resources, and organization to license or oversee air carrier operations;the CAA does not have adequately trained and qualified technical personnel;the CAA does not provide adequate inspector guidance to ensure enforcement of, and compliance with, minimum international standards;  ANDthe CAA has insufficient documentation and records of certification and inadequate continuing oversight and surveillance of air carrier operations. This category consists of two groups of countries.One group are countries that have air carriers with existing operations to the United States at the time of the assessment. While in Category 2 status, carriers from these countries will be permitted to continue operations at current levels under heightened FAA surveillance. Expansion or changes in services to the United States by such carriers are not permitted while in category 2, although new services will be permitted if operated using aircraft wet-leased from a duly authorized and properly supervised U.S. carrier or a foreign air carrier from a category 1 country that is authorized to serve the United States using its own aircraft.The second group are countries that do not have air carriers with existing operations to the United States at the time of the assessment. Carriers from these countries will not be permitted to commence service to the United States while in Category 2 status, although they may conduct services if operated using aircraft wet-leased from a duly authorized and properly supervised U.S. carrier or a foreign air carrier from a Category 1 country that is authorized to serve the United States with its own aircraft. No other difference is made between these two groups of countries while in a category 2 status.
    • दिसम्बर 2015
      Source: World Bank
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 05 मार्च, 2016
      Select Dataset
      Purchasing Power Parities and the Real Size of World Economies. A Comprehensive Report of the 2011 International Comparison Program
    • जून 2018
      Source: Barro-Lee
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 12 दिसम्बर, 2018
      Select Dataset
      Data cited at: Barro-Lee   The Barro-Lee Data set (2010) extends their previous estimates from 1950 to 2010, and provide more, improved data disaggregated by sex and and by 5-year age intervals. It provides educational attainment data for 146 countries in 5-year intervals from 1950 to 2010 as well as information about the distribution of educational attainment of the adult population over age 15 and over age 25 by sex at seven levels of schooling. Average years of schooling at all levels are also measured for each country and for regions in the world. Note: Cited at Barro, Robert and Jong-Wha Lee, April 2010, "A New Data Set of Educational Attainment in the World, 1950-2010." NBER Working Paper No. 15902
    • अक्तूबर 2019
      Source: U.S. Energy Information Administration
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 10 अक्तूबर, 2019
      Select Dataset
    • अगस्त 2014
      Source: U.S. Department of Agriculture
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 02 सितम्बर, 2015
      Select Dataset
      This data set contains estimates of total and marginal budget shares and income and price elasticities for nine broad consumption groups and eight food subgroups across 144 countries. Total and marginal budget shares and income and price elasticities are estimated using 2005 International Comparison Program (ICP) data, which is maintained by the ICP Development Data Group of the World Bank
    • अक्तूबर 2018
      Source: U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 24 मार्च, 2019
      Select Dataset
      International Labor StatisticsDimensionsIndustryCountryEconomic GroupEconomic SeriesSeasonal
    • दिसम्बर 2018
      Source: U.S. Department of Agriculture
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 26 दिसम्बर, 2018
      Select Dataset
      The International Macroeconomic Data Set provides historical and projected data for 189 countries that account for more than 99 percent of the world economy. These macroeconomic data and projections are assembled explicitly to serve as underlying assumptions for the annually updated USDA agricultural supply and demand projections, which provide a 10-year outlook on U.S. and global agriculture. The macroeconomic projections describe the long-term scenario that is used as a benchmark for analyzing the impacts of alternative scenarios and macroeconomic shocks.  The projections assume there are no changes in policy and abstract from business cycle effects.  Historical data are available for real (inflation-adjusted) gross domestic product (GDP), inflation, population, and real exchange rates from 1969 to the most recent available year, and each variable is projected forward to 2030.
    • सितम्बर 2019
      Source: Statistics Botswana
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 01 अक्तूबर, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Data cited at: https://botswana.opendataforafrica.org/BWCSOIMTSR2016
    • जुलाई 2019
      Source: State Statistical Office, Republic of North Macedonia
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 17 जुलाई, 2019
      Select Dataset
      _________ _______source State Statistical Office State Statistical Office
    • जनवरी 2006
      Source: American University
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 12 जुलाई, 2016
      Select Dataset
      International patent protection: 1960–2005 Walter G. Park ∗ Department of Economics, American University, 4400 Massachusetts Avenue NW, Washington, DC 20016, USA Received 24 October 2007; received in revised form 14 December 2007; accepted 29 January 2008 Available online 10 March 2008 http://fs2.american.edu/wgp/www/res_policy08.pdf
    • अगस्त 2018
      Source: Property Rights Alliance
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 26 सितम्बर, 2018
      Select Dataset
      The 2018 International Property Rights Index, now in its twelve edition, offers a unique and original perspective on the correlations between the societies and economies of 125 countries accounting for 98% of world GDP, and 93% of the world’s population. The Index, during all these years, confirm that there is a direct correlation between property rights and different dimensions of economic development. Note: Only parent indicators present in 2018 report. Other indicators are collected from historical reports.
    • जून 2013
      Source: United Nations Conference on Trade and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 22 जुलाई, 2013
      Select Dataset
      Time series on international reserves (including gold), by individual country, expressed in millions of dollars. It further presents the number of months of merchandise imports that these reserves could finance at current imports level, as well as annual changes in total reserves.
    • दिसम्बर 2016
      Source: Federal Communications Commission
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 14 अप्रैल, 2017
      Select Dataset
    • जून 2013
      Source: World Integrated Trade Solution
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 04 जनवरी, 2019
      Select Dataset
      The dataset provides a consolidated and reconciled version of multiple sources of bilateral trade data. Its advantages over the original source data are that it provides broader coverage based on mirror flows, reconciliation of aggregate with underlying flows, and consolidation (allowing for broader coverage than offered by source data). One weakness, inherent in all available data of this type, is that even with mirror flows, a substantial share of South-South trade is unreported. As such, while we can recover North-South exports from mirror flows, we cannot recover all unreported bilateral flows. The scale of the problem can be gauged by comparing trade with the world with bilateral flows in the database. Notes: • values are in millions of current US dollars • Because of the apparent mixing of zero and missing by source agencies, we have opted to use missing, or “.”, for reported zero and missing flows. • total with world is the greater of reported total with world, or aggregate of bilateral flows • region XWD holds difference between all bilateral flows and global (trade with world) total. It is the sum of flows with missing partners. This means XWD holds identified flows without a partner. It does not hold flows that are totally unreported. • all unreported REP:PAR:BOP:YEAR combinations, meaning that do not even appear in the dataset, can be safely assumed to be missing. By this, we mean there is no reported source for these flows, and the countries-product-year combination does not even occur in any of the underlying source data.
    • अक्तूबर 2019
      Source: Statistics Denmark
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 11 अक्तूबर, 2019
      Select Dataset
      International trade in services, quarterly by imports and exports, country and time
    • अक्तूबर 2019
      Source: Statistics Denmark
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 11 अक्तूबर, 2019
      Select Dataset
    • अगस्त 2018
      Source: German Chemicals Industry Association
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 25 जनवरी, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Report: International Trade, Germany, 2018 Source Table Details: Page : From 119 to 172 Table : From 60a to 70
    • अक्तूबर 2016
      Source: Statistics Netherlands
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 06 अक्तूबर, 2018
      Select Dataset
      Data cited at:  CBS StatLine databank https://opendata.cbs.nl/statline/portal.html?_la=en&_catalog=CBS Publication: International trade; Imports and exports of services by country, 2003-2013 https://opendata.cbs.nl/portal.html?_la=en&_catalog=CBS&tableId=80414ENG&_theme=1118 License: http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/  This table contains information on Dutch imports and exports of services broken down by various service types and countries (groups). From 2006 onwards more detailed information is available than the years before. In addition, the annual figures show more detailed information than the quarterly figures. Data available from 2003 to 2013. Status of the figures: The figures are definite. Changes as of 8 October 2014: None, this table has been discontinued. When will new figures be published? No longer applicable.
    • सितम्बर 2019
      Source: U.S. Department of Commerce, Bureau of Economic Analysis
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 23 सितम्बर, 2019
      Select Dataset
    • अगस्त 2019
      Source: Statistics Mauritius
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 09 अक्तूबर, 2019
      Select Dataset
      International Travel and Tourism of Mauritius, by Age Group
    • फरवरी 2019
      Source: U.S. Federal Bureau of Investigation
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 10 मई, 2019
      Select Dataset
      The mission of the Internet Crime Complaint Center (IC3) is to provide the public with a reliable and convenient reporting mechanism to submit information to the FBI concerning suspected Internet-facilitated criminal activity and to develop effective alliances with industry partners. Information is processed for investigative and intelligence purposes for law enforcement and public awareness.
    • जून 2019
      Source: Internet World Stats
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 20 सितम्बर, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Data cited at: Internet World Stats  Internet World Stats is an International website that features up to date world Internet Usage, Population Statistics, Travel Stats and Internet Market Research Data, for over 233 individual countries and world regions.
    • जनवरी 2018
      Source: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 22 मार्च, 2019
      Select Dataset
      UN FAO Resource Statistics - Machinery. The Agricultural Resources domain covers: Investment, Land and irrigation, Labor, Machinery, Fertilizers, Pesticides, Population. The Resources domain considers factors of production for the agricultural sector. Broadly speaking, this section details how countries differ in endowments of the three classic inputs: labor, land and capital. Qualitative differences are important for each but are particularly difficult to summarize in a single indicator for land, the productivity of which depends heavily on water and soil conditions.
    • जनवरी 2018
      Source: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 22 मार्च, 2019
      Select Dataset
    • दिसम्बर 2015
      Source: International Monetary Fund
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 25 मार्च, 2016
      Select Dataset
      This dataset provides comprehensive data for investment and capital stock for the general government, private sector and public-private partnerships, across the Fund member countries.
    • अप्रैल 2019
      Source: Investment Company Institute
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 01 जुलाई, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Investment Company Fact Book, 2019
    • अगस्त 2019
      Source: American Psychological Association
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 05 सितम्बर, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Compilation of IQs across nations.
  • J
    • सितम्बर 2016
      Source: Ministry of Economy, Trade and Industry of Japan
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 20 सितम्बर, 2016
      Select Dataset
      Annual Report 2014 Petroleum Data in Japan. Natural Gas and Crude Oil (Annual Commodities: Production, Shipment and Inventory).
    • मार्च 2011
      Source: Japan External Trade Organization
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 22 अगस्त, 2016
      Select Dataset
      Market Reports Analytical reports on Japanese sectors categorized by industries and report titles. Section covers a wide range of products, services, business and industrial environments, regional enterprises, current market trends and more, with case studies and advice on market entry.
    • जुलाई 2019
      Source: Semiconductor Equipment Association of Japan
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 30 अगस्त, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Japan: Semiconductor Manufacturing Equipment, amount of orders received and sales
    • मार्च 2018
      Source: Japanese Shipowners' Association
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 12 अप्रैल, 2018
      Select Dataset
      Yearly directory of statistics published by Japanese Shipowners' Association (JSA) with a variety of shipping facts in Japan.
    • जनवरी 2018
      Source: Japanese Shipowners' Association
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 16 अप्रैल, 2018
      Select Dataset
      Yearly directory of statistics published by Japanese Shipowners' Association (JSA) with a variety of shipping facts in Japan.
    • फरवरी 2010
      Source: Japan Apparel Technology and Research Association
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 25 अगस्त, 2016
      Select Dataset
      The Japan Apparel Industrial Association
    • सितम्बर 2019
      Source: Joint Organisations Data Initiative
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 24 सितम्बर, 2019
      Select Dataset
      The JODI-Gas World Database is a platform that provides access to all data reported through monthly submissions of the JODI-Gas Questionnaire by all participating countries and economies. The database is updated on a monthly basis around the 20th of each month, though there are possibilities for additional updates. Registered users are notified by e-mail alert each time the database is updated. Modelled after JODI-Oil, which features monthly oil production, consumption, stocks and trade data from over 90 countries, JODI-Gas embodies the same objective of enhancing energy data transparency, with the ultimate goal of ensuring global energy security for producers and consumers alike. JODI-Gas World Database covers: Three product categories: Natural gas in million m3 Natural gas in TJ LNG in 1000 tons Twelve flows: Production Receipts from Other Sources Total Imports LNG Total Exports LNG Total Imports through Pipeline Total Exports through Pipeline Stock Change Gross Inland Deliveries (Calculated) Statistical Difference (Calculated) Gross Inland Deliveries (Observed) Of which: Electricity and Heat Generation Closing Stocks; Data for around 80 participating countries. Historical data from January 2009: target is to release one month old data (M-1) every month for all participating countries.
    • मई 2019
      Source: World Bank
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 03 जून, 2019
      Select Dataset
      The Joint External Debt Hub (JEDH)-jointly developed by the Bank for International Settlements (BIS), the International Monetary Fund (IMF), the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD) and the World Bank (WB)-brings together external debt data and selected foreign assets from international creditor/market and national debtor sources. The JEDH replaces the Joint BIS-IMF-OECD-WB Statistics on External Debt, a website that was launched in 1999 to provide international data, mainly from creditor sources, on the external debt of developing and transition countries and territories.
  • K
    • जनवरी 2012
      Source: World Bank
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 26 अगस्त, 2013
      Select Dataset
      The World Bank’s Knowledge Assessment Methodology (KAM: www.worldbank.org/kam) is an online interactive tool that produces the Knowledge Economy Index (KEI)–an aggregate index representing a country’s or region’s overall preparedness to compete in the Knowledge Economy (KE). The KEI is based on a simple average of four subindexes, which represent the four pillars of the knowledge economy:  Economic Incentive and Institutional Regime (EIR)  Innovation and Technological Adoption  Education and Training  Information and Communications Technologies (ICT) Infrastructure The EIR comprises incentives that promote the efficient use of existing and new knowledge and the flourishing of entrepreneurship. An efficient innovation system made up of firms, research centers, universities, think tanks, consultants, and other organizations can tap into the growing stock of global knowledge, adapt it to local needs, and create new technological solutions. An educated and appropriately trained population is capable of creating, sharing, and using knowledge. A modern and accessible ICT infrastructure serves to facilitate the effective communication, dissemination, and processing of information.
  • L
    • दिसम्बर 2017
      Source: Ministry of Economy, UAE
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 17 मई, 2018
      Select Dataset
    • फरवरी 2019
      Source: International Labour Organization
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 15 फरवरी, 2019
      Select Dataset
      The labour force comprises all persons of working age who furnish the supply of labour for the production of goods and services during a specified time-reference period. It refers to the sum of all persons of working age who are employed and those who are unemployed. The series is part of the ILO estimates and is harmonized to account for differences in national data and scope of coverage, collection and tabulation methodologies as well as for other country-specific factors. Data for 1990-2015 are estimates while 2016-2030 data are projections. The dataset was updated as of July 2017. For more information, refer to the general methodological note and the labour force estimates and projections methodological paper. 
    • अक्तूबर 2019
      Source: International Labour Organization
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 14 अक्तूबर, 2019
      Select Dataset
      The labour force comprises all persons of working age who furnish the supply of labour for the production of goods and services during a specified time-reference period. It refers to the sum of all persons of working age who are employed and those who are unemployed.
    • अक्तूबर 2019
      Source: International Labour Organization
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 15 अक्तूबर, 2019
      Select Dataset
      The labour force comprises all persons of working age who furnish the supply of labour for the production of goods and services during a specified time-reference period. It refers to the sum of all persons of working age who are employed and those who are unemployed.
    • अक्तूबर 2019
      Source: International Labour Organization
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 15 अक्तूबर, 2019